Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
Code: GD274770-en
OPERATION MANUAL
Type of Documentation:
Title:
PDTD - Product
WindNet PRO User Manual
Deliverable:
S13
Date: 13/09/2019
Approval
process:
Author:
Rev: 12
Page 1 of 352
Electronic: PDM Flow
+ Translation
MRODRIGUEZ
Revised:
MDIAZDECERIO
Approved: VHURTADO
The present document, its content, its appendices and/or amendments (the "Document") have been created by Gamesa Corporación Tecnológica, S.A. (“Gamesa”) for information
purposes only. They contain private information referring to Gamesa and/or its subsidiaries (the "Company") and are addressed exclusively to its recipients. Consequently, it may
not be disclosed, published or distributed, in whole or in part, without prior written consent from Gamesa, and must include specific reference to Gamesa’s intellectual property
rights in all cases. The entire contents of this Document, including any texts, images, brand names, logos, color combinations or any other element, its structure and design, the
selection of the materials herein and the manner in which they are presented are protected by both industrial and intellectual property rights belonging to Gamesa, and must be
respected by both the recipient and addressee of the present Document. In particular, but without any limitation to the general obligation to maintain its confidentiality, any
reproduction is strictly prohibited, except for private use. Any transformation, distribution, public communication, dissemination to any third party, and in a general sense, any other
form of exploitation by any means, of all or any part of the contents of this Document, its design or the selection of the materials included in it and the manner in which they are
presented is also strictly forbidden.
INDEX
1
2
3
4
5
AIM ................................................................................................................................... 6
SCOPE ............................................................................................................................... 6
DEFINITIONS AND ACRONYMS ............................................................................................ 6
APPLICATION ACCESS ........................................................................................................ 7
GLOBAL FUNCTIONALITIES ............................................................................................... 10
5.1
HEADER ................................................................................................................................. 10
5.2
5.3
5.4
EVENT POP UPS ...................................................................................................................... 15
FOOTER ................................................................................................................................. 16
FAVORITES ............................................................................................................................ 19
5.5
DROPDOWN ........................................................................................................................... 22
7.1
WIND FARM SUMMARY ........................................................................................................... 30
7.2
WIND FARM LIST .................................................................................................................... 35
5.1.1
5.1.2
5.1.3
5.1.4
5.4.1
NAVIGATION MENU PANEL AND SUBMENUS ............................................................................ 11
DASHBOARD.......................................................................................................................... 12
WIND FARM / SUB WIND FARM FILTER ................................................................................... 12
LAST EVENTS PANEL .............................................................................................................. 13
TRENDING FAVORITES ........................................................................................................... 20
6 DASHBOARD .................................................................................................................... 23
7 MENU MONITORING OPTIONS .......................................................................................... 30
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.1.1
7.1.2
7.1.3
SELECTION AND FILTERING ................................................................................................... 30
DEVICES ............................................................................................................................... 32
DRAG SELECTION PANEL ........................................................................................................ 33
7.2.1
DRAG SELECTION PANEL ........................................................................................................ 37
7.6.1
7.6.2
7.6.3
7.6.4
7.6.5
7.6.6
7.6.7
WITHOUT SELECTION ............................................................................................................ 45
ONE WIND TURBINE OR INVERTER IS SELECTED ..................................................................... 47
ONE METEOROLOGICAL MAST IS SELECTED ............................................................................ 48
ONE SUBSTATION IS SELECTED .............................................................................................. 48
MORE THAN ONE WIND TURBINE OR INVERTER IS SELECTED .................................................. 48
MULTIPLE SELECTIONS .......................................................................................................... 48
GENSET MENU OPTION .......................................................................................................... 48
WIND FARM MAP .................................................................................................................... 38
LAYOUT ................................................................................................................................. 40
GENSETS ................................................................................................................................ 42
SUMMARY SIDE INFORMATION PANEL .................................................................................... 43
8 EVENTS MENU OPTIONS ................................................................................................... 50
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
ACTIVE NOTIFICATIONS ......................................................................................................... 50
NOTIFICATIONS HISTORY ...................................................................................................... 54
MESSENGER HISTORY ............................................................................................................ 57
CATEGORIZATION .................................................................................................................. 59
8.4.1
8.4.2
EDIT STATE........................................................................................................................... 61
MULTIPLE CHANGE ................................................................................................................ 63
9 WIND TURBINE DETAIL WINDOWS ................................................................................... 64
9.1
9.2
9.3
CENTRAL PANEL ..................................................................................................................... 64
BOTTOM PANEL ...................................................................................................................... 71
SIDE PANEL ............................................................................................................................ 72
10 INVERTER WINDOWS ....................................................................................................... 74
IBE-1-001-R01 (es) Edición 2
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 2 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
10.1 CENTRAL PANEL ..................................................................................................................... 74
10.2 BOTTOM PANEL ...................................................................................................................... 76
10.3 SIDE PANEL............................................................................................................................ 76
11 METEOROLOGICAL MAST DETAIL WINDOWS ..................................................................... 78
11.1 TOP PANEL ............................................................................................................................. 78
11.2 BOTTOM PANEL ...................................................................................................................... 78
11.3 SIDE PANEL............................................................................................................................ 79
12 SUBSTATION DETAIL WINDOWS ....................................................................................... 80
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
LAYOUT TAB .......................................................................................................................... 81
VARIABLES TAB ...................................................................................................................... 82
SIDE PANEL............................................................................................................................ 83
POSITION DETAIL WINDOW ................................................................................................... 84
13 METERING DEVICE DETAIL WINDOWS .............................................................................. 85
13.1 MAIN PANEL ........................................................................................................................... 85
13.2 SIDE PANEL............................................................................................................................ 86
14 TSO DETAIL WINDOWS .................................................................................................... 87
14.1 VARIABLES TAB ...................................................................................................................... 88
14.2 SIDE PANEL............................................................................................................................ 88
15 GENSET DETAIL WINDOW ................................................................................................ 89
15.1 VARIABLES TAB ...................................................................................................................... 89
15.2 WIND TURBINES TAB ............................................................................................................. 90
15.3 SIDE PANEL............................................................................................................................ 90
16 REGULATION MENU OPTIONS ........................................................................................... 91
16.1 REGULATION SUMMARY ......................................................................................................... 91
16.2 REGULATION DETAIL – ACTIVE POWER/FREQUENCY ............................................................... 96
16.3 REGULATION CONFIGURATION – ACTIVE POWER .................................................................. 102
16.4 WINDTURBINE REGULATION INCLUSION / EXCLUSION – ACTIVE POWER............................... 105
16.5 REGULATION DETAIL – REACTIVE POWER............................................................................. 107
16.6 REGULATION CONFIGURATION – REACTIVE POWER .............................................................. 114
16.7 REGULATION CONFIGURATION – REACTIVE COMPENSATION DEVICES .................................. 117
16.8 WINDTURBINE REGULATION INCLUSION / EXCLUSION – REACTIVE POWER........................... 126
16.9 REACTIVE COMPENSATION DEVICES – DETAIL WINDOW ....................................................... 128
16.10 MADE REGULATION .............................................................................................................. 133
16.10.1
16.10.2
MADE REGULATION SUMMARY ............................................................................................. 133
MADE REGULATION SETTINGS WINDOW ............................................................................... 134
17 ENVIRONMENTAL MENU OPTION .................................................................................... 136
17.1 ENVIRONMENTAL SUMMARY ................................................................................................. 137
17.2 ENVIRONMENTAL DETAIL ..................................................................................................... 143
17.2.1
17.2.2
17.2.3
17.2.4
17.2.5
17.2.6
17.2.7
NOISE REDUCTION SYSTEM DETAIL WINDOW ....................................................................... 149
BAT SHIELD DETAIL WINDOW .............................................................................................. 152
WAKE CONTROL DETAIL WINDOW ........................................................................................ 155
ICE DETECTION SYSTEM DETAIL WINDOW ........................................................................... 161
BIRD DETECTION SYSTEM DETAIL WINDOW ......................................................................... 164
GUYS SYSTEM DETAIL WINDOW ........................................................................................... 167
SHADOW CONTROL DETAIL WINDOW ................................................................................... 171
17.3 ENVIRONMENTAL CONFIGURATION ...................................................................................... 173
17.3.1
17.3.2
17.3.3
17.3.4
17.3.5
17.3.6
17.3.7
NOISE REDUCTION SYSTEM CONFIGURATION WINDOW ........................................................ 173
BAT SHIELD CONFIGURATION WINDOW ............................................................................... 178
WAKE CONTROL CONFIGURATION WINDOW ......................................................................... 182
ICE DETECTION SYSTEM CONFIGURATION WINDOW ............................................................. 187
BIRD DETECTION SYSTEM CONFIGURATION WINDOW ........................................................... 189
GUYS SYSTEM CONFIGURATION WINDOW ............................................................................ 191
SHADOW CONFIGURATION WINDOW .................................................................................... 195
18 ANALYSIS MENU OPTIONS.............................................................................................. 198
18.1 REPORTS ............................................................................................................................. 198
18.1.1
18.1.2
GENERAL PRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 200
PRODUCTION COMPARATIVE ................................................................................................ 204
IBE-1-001-R01 (es) Edición 2
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 3 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.3
18.1.4
18.1.5
18.1.6
18.1.7
18.1.8
18.1.9
18.1.10
18.1.11
18.1.12
18.1.13
18.1.14
18.1.15
18.1.16
18.1.17
18.1.18
ACTIVE POWER PERFORMANCE (WINDTURBINE) ................................................................... 206
ACTIVE POWER PERFORMANCE (INVERTER) .......................................................................... 210
REACTIVE POWER PERFORMANCE ........................................................................................ 210
PRODUCTION BY TECHNOLOGY ............................................................................................ 210
FULL AWS ........................................................................................................................... 210
RANKING OF ALARMS & WARNINGS ...................................................................................... 210
ACCUMULATED STATES ........................................................................................................ 210
XMINUTAL FULL ................................................................................................................... 210
GENERAL AVAILABILITY ....................................................................................................... 210
ENERGY AVAILABILITY ......................................................................................................... 210
TIME AVAILABILITY ............................................................................................................. 210
COMMANDS LOG .................................................................................................................. 210
TURBULENCE ANALYSIS ....................................................................................................... 210
ACTIVE POWER – FREQUENCY REGULATION ......................................................................... 210
NOISE CONTROL.................................................................................................................. 210
CSV FILES FORMAT .............................................................................................................. 210
18.2 TRENDING ........................................................................................................................... 210
18.3 WT COMPARATIVE ................................................................................................................ 210
19 SETTINGS MENU OPTIONS ............................................................................................. 210
19.1 USER.................................................................................................................................... 210
19.2 DATA RESTORE .................................................................................................................... 210
19.3 USER MANAGEMENT ............................................................................................................. 210
19.3.1
19.3.2
USERS................................................................................................................................. 210
PASSWORD SETTINGS ......................................................................................................... 210
19.4.1
19.4.2
CONFIGURATION ................................................................................................................. 210
SUMMARY ........................................................................................................................... 210
19.4 MESSENGER ......................................................................................................................... 210
19.5 PRODUCTION LOSSES........................................................................................................... 210
19.5.1
19.5.2
ALGORITHM ACTIVATIONS ................................................................................................... 210
REFERENCE WINDTURBINES ................................................................................................ 210
19.6 INFORMATION MANAGER...................................................................................................... 210
19.6.1
CATEGORIES & AVAILABILITY............................................................................................... 210
20 TOOLS MENU OPTIONS .................................................................................................. 296
20.1 UPS ...................................................................................................................................... 296
20.1.1 CENTRAL PANEL ................................................................................................................... 296
20.1.2 SIDE PANEL .......................................................................................................................... 299
21 ODBC INTERFACE .......................................................................................................... 300
21.1
21.2
21.3
21.4
WINDNET® PRO ODBC INTERFACE ....................................................................................... 300
DEFINING THE ODBC CONNECTION ...................................................................................... 300
DEFINITION OF INTERFACE PROCEDURES............................................................................. 305
DETAIL OF THE INTERFACE PROCEDURES ............................................................................. 306
21.4.1
21.4.2
21.4.3
21.4.4
21.4.5
21.4.6
21.4.7
21.4.8
21.4.9
21.4.10
ODBC_USP_DEVICES (User, pass) ......................................................................................... 306
ODBC_USP_LANGUAGES ....................................................................................................... 307
ODBC_USP_EVENTS_CATEGORY (IsoCode) ............................................................................ 308
ODBC_USP_DEVICEVARIABLES (User, pass, Device, IsoCode).................................................. 309
ODBC_USP_EVENTS (User, pass, Device, Category, StartDate, EndDate) .................................. 310
ODBC_USP_XMINUTAL_RANGE (User, pass, Code, StartDate, EndDate, AllQualities) .................. 311
ODBC_USP_COMMANDS (User, pass, Device, StartDate, EndDate) ........................................... 312
ODBC_USP_PRODUCTION (User, pass, Device, StartDate, EndDate) ......................................... 312
ODBC_USP_ANALOG_RANGE (User, pass, Code, StartDate, EndDate, AllQualities) ..................... 314
ODBC_USP_SLOWBUFFERPERIODS (User, pass, Device, StartDate, EndDate)............................ 315
21.5.1
21.5.2
21.5.3
21.5.4
21.5.5
21.5.6
21.5.7
21.5.8
ODBC_USP_DEVICES (User, Password) .................................................................................. 316
ODBC_USP_LANGUAGES ....................................................................................................... 316
ODBC_USP_EVENTS_CATEGORY (IsoCode) ............................................................................ 316
ODBC_USP_DEVICEVARIABLES (User, Password, Device, IsoCode) .......................................... 317
ODBC_USP_EVENTS (User, Password, Device, Category, StartDate, EndDate) ........................... 318
ODBC_USP_XMINUTAL_RANGE (User, Password, Code, StartDate, EndDate, AllQualities) ........... 319
ODBC_USP_COMMANDS (User, Password, Device, StartDate, EndDate) .................................... 320
ODBC_USP_PRODUCTION (User, Password, Device, StartDate, EndDate) ................................. 321
21.5 TECHNICAL DEFINITION OF THE PROCEDURES ..................................................................... 316
IBE-1-001-R01 (es) Edición 2
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 4 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
21.5.9
21.5.10
ODBC_USP_ANALOG_RANGE (User, Password, Code, StartDate, EndDate, AllQualities) .............. 322
ODBC_USP_SLOWBUFFERPERIODS (User, Password, Device, StartDate, EndDate) .................... 322
21.6 EXAMPLE OF USE: EXCEL ...................................................................................................... 323
22 OPC INTERFACE............................................................................................................. 325
22.1 OPC-DA INTERFACE .............................................................................................................. 325
22.2 OPC-HDA INTERFACE............................................................................................................ 325
23 REFERENCES ................................................................................................................. 326
24 ANNEXES ....................................................................................................................... 327
24.1 ANNEXE I: SCADA EVENTS .................................................................................................... 327
24.1.1
24.1.2
24.1.3
24.1.4
24.1.5
24.1.6
24.1.7
24.1.8
GENERAL............................................................................................................................. 327
WINDTURBINE .................................................................................................................... 327
INVERTER ........................................................................................................................... 327
ACTIVE POWER / FRECUENCY REGULATOR ............................................................................ 328
REACTIVE POWER / VOLTAGE REGULATOR............................................................................ 328
NRS .................................................................................................................................... 328
MEASUREMENT DEVICE ........................................................................................................ 328
UPS .................................................................................................................................... 328
24.2 ANNEXE II: SCADA PLATFORMS AND FEATURES .................................................................... 330
24.2.1
CURRENT PLATFORMS FEATURES ......................................................................................... 330
24.3 ANNEXE III: REGULATION ANALYSIS ..................................................................................... 331
24.3.1
REGULATION ANALYSIS ....................................................................................................... 331
25 INDEX OF TABLES .......................................................................................................... 346
26 INDEX OF ILLUSTRATIONS ............................................................................................. 347
IBE-1-001-R01 (es) Edición 2
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
Code: GD274770-en
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 5 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
RECORD OF CHANGES
Rev.
Date
Author
Description
0
02/10/15
PURIBASTERRA WindNet ® PRO 1.0
1
19/04/16
MGM
WindNet ® PRO 1.1
2
25/05/16
MGM
WindNet ® PRO 1.2
3
07/09/16
MGM
WindNet ® PRO 1.3
4
29/11/16
MGM
WindNet ® PRO 1.4
5
08/05/17
MRODRIGUEZ
WindNet ® PRO 1.5
6
20/09/17
MRODRIGUEZ
WindNet ® PRO 1.6
7
04/04/18
MRODRIGUEZ
WindNet ® PRO 1.7
8
03/07/18
MRODRIGUEZ
WindNet ® PRO 1.8
9
26/09/18
MRODRIGUEZ
WindNet ® PRO 1.9
10
01/02/19
MRODRIGUEZ
WindNet ® PRO 1.10
12
13/09/19
MRODRIGUEZ
WindNet ® PRO 1.10 Update
IBE-1-001-R01 (es) Edición 2
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
1
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 6 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
AIM
This document serves as a user manual for WindNet ® PRO, from the point of view of an end user.
2
SCOPE
The scope is limited to the description of the functionality, from the point of view of a SCADA operator. Thus,
SCADA installation and configuration functions are not included.
3
DEFINITIONS AND ACRONYMS
IP address
Number that logically and hierarchically identifies an interface for a device
(usually a computer) within a network that uses the IP protocol (Internet
Protocol) corresponding to the TCP/IP protocol network level.
HTTP
The Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) is the protocol used for each Web
transaction.
HTTPS
Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure is a network protocol based on the HTTP
protocol which is used for secure transfer of hypertext data, i.e., this is the
secure version of HTTP.
Web browser
Program that displays the information on a web page.
OPC
Acronym for OLE for Process Control. Standard open, based on OLE for
process control.
OLE
Acronym for Object Linking and Embedding. Microsoft technology for
component creation and integration.
SCADA
Acronym for Supervisory Control And Data Acquisition.
URL
Acronym for Uniform Resource Locator. This is a sequence of characters
based on a standard format for naming resources such as documents and
images on the Internet by their location.
Web
Document or information source, generally in HTML format, that can contain
hyperlinks to other web pages.
WindNet®
Gamesa next-generation wind farm SCADA.
WindOne®
Gamesa wind farm SCADA network hub.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
4
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 7 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
APPLICATION ACCESS
So as to start the WindNet® PRO client, the following URL must be typed in the Google Chrome address
field:
http://[WindNet_server]/[WebApp]
In the address, [WindNet_server] must be replaced by the IP address or name of the computer where
the WindNet® PRO web application has been installed, and [WebApp] by the name of the web
application established during installation (WindNetPRO by default). That information is part of the wind
farm information generated during its installation. For example:
http://192.168.23.127/WindNetPRO
If https protocol was selected during the installation, you should prefix the URL with https instead of
http:
https://[WindNet_server]/[WebApp]
However, if you forget to use the https prefix the application will forward automatically to https.
If using https, the first time you access to the application URL it will display a warning similar to the
following:
This happens because the certificated generated during the installation is not signed by any certification
authority included in the system, but since we can trust in this website that is not a problem.
To avoid that warning and continue to the application you must click on “Advanced” and select “Proceed
to localhost (unsafe)”:
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 8 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
In the supplied client computers for the wind farm operation, the WindNet® PRO web address will be
configured as the web browser default page. Therefore, in these computers, it’s only necessary to open
the Chrome web browser to access WindNet® PRO.
Once you access the WindNet® PRO URL, the following step will be the system user authentication:
It is worth to mentioning that when user tries to log in, if the database or Citect are offline or system is
starting (and system is not yet ready), a message appears to indicate the origin of the problem.
On the other hand, if the user has already registered and a problem with the status of the database or
Citect occurs, the user will automatically be logged out, and if he tries to log in he will see the same
message.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
WindNet PRO User Manual
Illustration 1: Citect is offline error.
Rev: 12
Page 9 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 10 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
5 GLOBAL FUNCTIONALITIES
There are some controls that apply in all the screens. These controls are placed at application header and
footer and they will be explained now in this section.
5.1 HEADER
WindNet® PRO header is always visible and fixed at the top of the screen.
Illustration 2: WindNet® Pro Header.
In this header there are the following controls (from left to right):
❑ Navigation Menu Button.
It expands/contracts a panel with WindNet® PRO navigation menu.
❑ Dashboard Button.
It expands/contracts the dashboard panel.
❑ Submenus Buttons Area.
They allow navigating to some submenu screens. Current submenu
that user is seeing is marked with dark grey back color.
❑ Wind farm/Sub wind farm Filter.
This filter controls the view of the devices, variables, etc... of the application
depends on the filter option selected.
❑ Last Events Button.
It expands/contracts a panel with wind farm/sub wind farm last events.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 11 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
5.1.1 NAVIGATION MENU PANEL AND SUBMENUS
When user clicks on the navigation menu button, a panel with all the menu options is expanded /
contracted. When a menu option is selected, in the submenus area will appear some buttons with the
submenus. With this controls, user can navigate between the different submenus.
WindNet® PRO menu has the following options and sub-options (in case user has permission to see all of
them):
❑ Monitoring
o Summary
o List
o Map
o Layout
o Gensets
❑ Event
o Active
o History
o Messenger
o Categorization
❑ Regulation
o Regulation Summary
❑ Environmental
o Environmental Summary
❑ Analysis
o Reports
o Trending
o Comparative
❑ System
o UPS
o System Info
o System Status
o Tag Inspector
o Engineering
❑ Settings
o User
o User Management
o Data Restore
o Messenger
o Production losses
o Information Manager
When user log in the application, its profile permissions will apply and only authorized menus will be
displayed.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
5.1.2
DASHBOARD
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 12 of 352
Dashboard button expands / contracts the dashboard panel. This panel always displays over the current
screen, hiding it. The information displayed by this panel depends on the wind farm / sub wind farm filter.
Illustration 3: Dashboard panel
5.1.3
WIND FARM / SUB WIND FARM FILTER
For easy operation with big wind farms, WindNet ® PRO allows to set filters to display groups of devices, so
as to monitor and operate on a subset of devices.
Filter is placed in the left top of the screen and displays wind farm / sub wind farms groups.
Illustration 4: Wind farm/Sub wind farm filter.
Changing the selection of active wind farm it will show only those devices included on the wind farm / sub
wind farm selected and user has rights to see (belonging to his promoter). Once filtering is selected, this
applies to all the application screens, adapting information displayed to only the devices included in the
option selected.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
5.1.4
LAST EVENTS PANEL
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 13 of 352
By clicking on the Last Events button a panel is expanded / contracted with the last events of the wind
turbines and inverters. This summary panel contains alarms and warnings recognized and not recognized.
An alarm or warning is painted in this panel as a notification box with the following information:
o
o
o
o
In the left of the box there is an icon and under this icon there is the number that identifies the alarm or
warning. Clicking on the icon, user will navigate to the Active Events screen.
Then, the name of the device is displayed affected by the event. Clicking on this name, user will navigate
to the Device Detail screen.
Under the name of the device, alarm or warning description is shown.
The last information displayed is the activation date of the alarm or warning.
Activation date format is like as following:
• Date: date with the user date format. If user change date format in the settings screen,
all the notifications change his date format automatically.
• Time: The format of time is always fixed and is ‘h:mm tt’.
Illustration 5: Event box.
In the right side of the box, there are some controls to operate with the event (alarm or warning).
Clicking on
button, the event description moves to the left and a new text box is opened. In this text
box, the operator can write the recognition text of the event.
Illustration 6: Expanded notification Box.
Clicking on
button, the event is recognized and the notification shrinks.
Clicking on
button, the notification shrinks.
When an event displayed in the panel is disabled, this event disappears from the panel.
If there are active alarms or warnings, the Last Events button icon will change the color to orange.
Icon
Description
There is no active alarm or warning.
There is any active alarm or warning.
Table 1: Last Events States Button.
Newer active alarm or warning is displayed at the top of the panel and the others will slide down. The
maximum number of alarms or warnings displayed in this panel is 8.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 14 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Illustration 7: Last Events Panel with active alarms or warnings.
If the number of last events is greater than maximum (8), then the last event notification box is
reserved to a general box, that shows the number of active alarms or warnings that cannot be shown
in the panel. In the next illustration its format is shown:
Illustration 8: General Notification Box.
By clicking on this general box, user can navigate to the Active Events screen and there recognize
such events.
WindNet® PRO shows a new notification for events (alarms or warnings) from all devices of the wind
farm.
The link ‘See all Alarms’ that is at the bottom of the panel, lets user to navigate to the Active
Events screen too.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
5.2
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 15 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
EVENT POP UPS
When a new active event (alarm or warning) is received, a notification box pop up appears in the screen,
regardless in which screen user is. These notification boxes are only to display alarms or warnings thrown
since user has logged in.
The appearance of this notification and information displayed are the same that the notifications showed on
the Last Events Panel.
WindNet® PRO only shows notification pop ups for events (alarms or warnings) from wind turbine and
inverter devices.
This kind of notifications is displayed on the screen only for a limited amount of time. When this time run
out the notification pop-up moves out of the screen. This time can be configured on Settings option menu.
Illustration 9: Pop Up Notification.
Clicking on
button, the event description moves to the left and a new text box is opened. In this text
box, the operator can write the recognition text of the event. When a notification is expanded, it doesn’t
disappear from screen when configured time expires to allow operator to enter the recognition text.
Illustration 10: Expanded notification box.
Clicking on
button, the event is recognized and notification disappears from the screen.
Clicking on
button, the notification disappears.
If the event is set up as critical, the notification will be accompanied by a sound that persists while the
notification remains on screen.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
5.3
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 16 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
FOOTER
WindNet® PRO footer is always visible and fixed at the bottom of the screen. All information displayed in
the footer depends on the wind farm / sub wind farm selected in the top filter. (See wind farm / sub
wind farm filter).
Illustration 11: WindNet®Pro Footer.
WindNet® PRO footer has the following information (from left to right):
❑ Server Time Information.
Date and hour of the server is displayed. The hour will be the last hour that data are refreshed.
Date/Time format can be changed in the Settings module.
❑ Weather Information.
Weather information depends on the wind farm / sub wind farm filter. It consists on:
•
•
Wind farm ambient Temperature (ºC) Instantaneous Wind Speed in wind farm(m/s),
is only displayed when there is wind technology installed
Nacelle misalignment and wind farm Wind Direction (º), is only displayed when there
is wind technology installed
❑ Irradiance Information.
This section is only shown if solar technology is installed:
❑ Number of Connected Wind Turbines.
Number of wind turbines connected at each moment, that is, the sum of wind turbines that are
running, limited and running and degraded. This information is displayed when there is wind
technology installed.
❑ Number of Connected Inverters.
Number of inverters connected at each moment, that is, the sum of inverters that are running,
limited and running and degraded. In this case, the section is displayed when there is solar
technology installed.
❑ General warning of substation failure.
A green substation icon will be displayed if all devices of the substation type communicate.
Otherwise, the substation icon would be red.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
Code: GD274770-en
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 17 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Authorize Presence.
If the wind farm has presence control activated, an icon can be displayed:
Icon
Status Filter
If exists any wind turbine with NO authorized presence
If there is no wind turbine with NO authorized presence and there is some device
with presence authorization in progress
If there is no wind turbine with NO authorized presence or with presence
authorization in progress and there is some device with an anti-intruder control
unit not ok
If there is no device in the three previous states and there is some wind turbine
with authorized presence
❑ Generated Power.
It is the sum of the power generated by wind turbines and inverters that are included in the view
of the windfarm/subwindfarm selected in the top filter.
❑ Regulation State Summary.
This information depends on the windfarm/subwindfarm filter.
It shows regulation architecture. The text can be:
•
•
•
•
Conventional: Regulated by PM.UA (Conventional Arch.)
Fast: Regulated by CPC (Fast Arch.)
Conventional Backup: Regulated by PM.UA (Fast Arch.)
Power Manager Error: not regulating
In a wind farm with MADE wind turbines no text will be shown, and the possible values that it
can take are:
• Error: if there is a regulation unit in error state
• Warning: if there is no regulation unit in error state and there is some regulation unit in
warning state
• Running: if there is no regulation unit in error or warning states and there is a regulation
unit in running state
• Disabled: if all the regulation units are disabled
The state of the regulation is represented by the following color code and priority:
•
•
Orange: failing set point
Green: fulfilling set point
If any regulation device has an active alarm,
icon will be shown.
By clicking on this box, user is redirected to regulation summary screen.
❑ Session Information.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 18 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Two icons are displayed at the end of the footer.
If the user clicks on this icon,
, it will be redirected to user settings screen. Hovering the
mouse pointer on this icon, will display the currently logged in user name.
If the user clicks on this icon,
application logout.
,user the following pop-up will be displayed asking about the
Illustration 12: User logout pop up.
If user clicks on ‘yes’ option, the current session will be closed and WindNet® PRO will redirect
to the login screen. ‘No’ cancels session logs out and closes the pop up window.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
Code: GD274770-en
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
5.4
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 19 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
FAVORITES
You can save the data or filter that you have selected in some screens (Tag inspector, WT Comparative...)
and later you will be able to recover those filters.
In these screens the following icon will be displayed:
.
Doing click on the icon you can add, remove and modify favorites. Two favorites cannot have the same name
or color.
Illustration 13: Favorites box.
❑ Select favorite
You can select a favorite doing click on its color or name. Then the filter of this favorite will be
loaded on the screen and its color will be shown on the square.
❑ Clear favorite
Doing click on clear button the filter of the favorite will be removed from the screen.
❑ Add a new favorite
To add a new favorite, you have to enter a name in the box that is on top and do click on Add
button. The filter that is loaded on the screen will be saved.
Illustration 14: Add new favorite.
Doing click on the color box you can select the color of the favorite.
❑ Remove a favorite
Doing click on the remove icon
shown.
the favorite will be removed. Before a confirmation popup will be
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 20 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Modify a favorite
Doing click on the modify icon
you can modify favorite.
Illustration 15: Modify a favorite.
A box to modify the name of the favorite will be shown and you can change the color of the favorite too.
Doing click on
changed.
icon the favorite will be saved. If you have changed the data, these will also be
Doing click on
icon the changes will be canceled.
5.4.1
TRENDING FAVORITES
In trending module, the favorite component has a slightly different behavior. The first difference is the icon
with which the favorite component is represented:
Doing click on the icon, a list of current favorites appears, these are grouped into three blocks separated by a
line (one for each type of favorites that exists). Each favorite consists of an icon, the number of variables
that the favorite has, the name and the available operations to do with it (none, edit, remove or share):
•
User favorites:
the favorites created by the current user, with the options to modify it, delete it or
share/stop sharing it with the other users of the same promoter.
•
Promoter favorites:
the favorites shared by other users of the promoter to which the current user
belongs. The user only can see the variables, there is no option to edit, delete or share them.
•
System trending favorites:
these favorites are preloaded in the system, and unlike the rest, when
a user selects one of them, a modal dialog appears to select one of the possible devices for the
selected favorite. The user only can see the variables, there is no option to edit, delete or share
them.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 21 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Illustration 16: Trending favorite list.
Illustration 17: Modal window to select a device for a system favorite.
At the bottom, there is a check “Incremental loading of variables”. If this check is not selected, the variables
of the favorite that were loaded in the trend selector will be removed. Otherwise, when the check is selected,
the variables of the favorite would be added to the variables that were already in the trend selector.
In the same way as before, a message is displayed when the trend variables exceed the number of allowed
axes. So, if a favorite exceeds the maximum number allowed, only the first possible variables will be loaded
into the trend selector.
The actions of adding, selecting, editing, removing or clearing a selected favorite have the same behavior as
the other favorite component. The differences are that each of the favorites has no color assigned (so the
only condition to add a new favorite is to have a name that does not exist), and the new option to share or
stop sharing the user’s favorites:
•
•
Share:
the favorite is not yet shared, so clicking on the icon the favorite will be shared
Stop sharing:
the favorite is already shared, so clicking on the icon the favorite will stop sharing
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
5.5
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 22 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
DROPDOWN
When you open a dropdown control you'll be able to filter items depending of the type of dropdown.
Illustration 17: Example dropdown.
If the number of items is greater than 10 you'll be able to filter items. You can write in the text box
and then all items containing the text entered will be shown.
When it is possible to select multiple elements, you'll be able to do the following actions:
❑ Check all items
Doing click on this element you can select all filtered items.
❑ Uncheck all items
Doing click on this element you can unselect all filtered items.
❑ Filter by selected/unselected
With these buttons you can filter by item's state. Selected (✓), unselected () or both of them
(*).
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
Code: GD274770-en
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
6
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 23 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
DASHBOARD
The dashboard is the initial screen / home screen of the SCADA once the user starts the session.
Illustration 18: Dashboard Screen
You can show or hide the dashboard screen with this button
that is in the top of the screen.
The behavior of the dashboard is adapted to wind, solar or hybrid wind farms. So, depending on the
installation of the wind farm, the devices refer to wind turbines, inverters or both.
In this screen you can find the following parts:
❑ Summary of device states
Below the header, on the left, a summary of the different states of the devices from the viewpoint of
O&M is displayed.
Illustration 19: Dashboard Summary of States
The top row contains the states of devices that the operator must perform some action/revision.
❑ Stop & emergency
Displays the number of devices in emergency or STOP. When you click this box, you are
redirected to the list of devices filtered by emergency or stop.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 24 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
The background color of the box is red.
❑ Communication failure
Displays the number of devices with a communication failure. When you click this box, in case
there is a communication layout, you are redirected to “Layout” menu option. Otherwise, you will
be redirected to the list of devices filtered by “No communication” state.
The background color of the box is blue.
❑ Limited & degraded
Displays the number of limited devices or paused by regulation tools.
By default, this box only shows the text "limited". However, if any limitation is caused by a
degraded operation of the device the box includes the text "& degraded".
When you click this box, you are redirected to the list of devices filtered by these states.
The background color of the box is dark green.
The bottom contains the state of devices that do not need special attention by O&M staff.
❑ Pause
Displays the number of devices in pause or in emergency by command.
When you click this box, you are redirected to the list of devices filtered by these states.
The background color of the box is white.
❑ Manual
Displays the number of devices in manual state.
When you click this box, you are redirected to the list of devices filtered by manual state.
The background color of the box is black.
❑ Run & ready
Displays the number of devices working properly with ready state.
When you click this box, you are redirected to the list of devices filtered by this state.
The background color of the box is light green.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 25 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Current state wind farm
When it is a hybrid installation (wind and solar technology), the information that could be seen is the
following:
❑ Total power generated: Sum of the individual production of wind turbines and inverters.
❑ Wind power generated: Sum of the individual production of wind turbines.
❑ Solar power generated: Sum of the individual production of inverters.
❑ Temperature: Average temperature measured in all the wind turbines. Minimum and maximum
values are available below.
❑ Wind speed: Average wind speed measured in all the wind turbines. Minimum and maximum
values are available below.
❑ Wind direction: Angular average wind direction measured in all the wind turbines. Minimum and
maximum values are available below.
❑ Irradiance: average irradiance in all the inverters. Minimum and maximum values are available
below.
Illustration 19: Dashboard - Current state in hybrid installation
In a wind installation, on the right of summary states the following information, of the selected wind
farm / owner, is displayed:
❑ Power generated: Sum of the individual production of wind turbines.
❑ Temperature: Average temperature measured in all the wind turbines. Minimum and maximum
values are available below.
❑ Wind speed: Average wind speed measured in all the wind turbines. Minimum and maximum
values are available below.
❑ Wind direction: Angular average wind direction measured in all the wind turbines. Minimum and
maximum values are available below.
Illustration 20: Dashboard - Current state in wind installation
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 26 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Finally, in a solar installation, the data to be displayed is:
❑ Power generated: Sum of the individual production of inverters.
❑ Temperature: Average temperature measured in all the inverters. Minimum and maximum values
are available below.
❑ Irradiance: average irradiance in all the inverters. Minimum and maximum values are available
below.
Illustration 21: Dashboard - Current state in solar installation
❑ Summary production wind farm
The information in the following section corresponds to wind turbines and inverters of the wind farm or
promotor selected in a hybrid installation.
Illustration 20: Dashboard - Summary production (Hybrid technology)
On the right the following data about production are displayed, filtered by wind farm / owner:
❑ Connected WT: Number of wind turbines and inverters in Running or Limited Running state and
reverse Limited networked in the wind farm (or selection by promoter).
❑ Capacity Factor (%) Ratio of the instantaneous power of the wind farm (sum of individual
powers of each turbine) of the rated power of the park. In the case multiowner, the wind farm is
the nominal sum of the rated power of the wind turbines selected promoter.
❑ Total Production (kWh): Sum of the energy produced by the wind turbines and inverters since
commissioning.
❑ Year production (kWh): Total energy produced by the wind turbines and inverters in the current
year.
❑ Month production (kWh): Total energy produce by the wind turbines and inverters in the current
month.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 27 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
In the case of the wind or solar wind farm system, the information is the same, but only with the values
of the installed technology:
Illustration 21: Dashboard - Summary
production (Wind or solar system)
❑ Graphs
This section is divided into 3 parts:
❑ Evolution
Illustration 22: Dashboard - Evolution Graph
The first graph shows the evolution in the last fourteen hours of certain variables at the grid
connection point and the setpoints.
Different set of variables may be selected from the dropdown on the left:
❑ Global data: there is not any regulator
❑ Wind speed (m/s)
❑ Active power (kW)
❑ Nominal power (kW)
❑ AC01: Active Frequency Control Tool #1
❑ Wind speed (m/s)
❑ SetPoint (kW)
❑ Active power (kW)
❑ Frequency (Hz) (It is not displayed in a wind farm with MADE devices)
❑ Reactive power (KVAR)
❑ RE01: Reactive Voltage Control Tool #1
❑ Active power (kW)
❑ Reactive power (KVAR)
❑ Cosphi
❑ Voltage (kV)
❑ SetPoint. This variable is dynamic and depends on the regulation mode that regulator is
working at each moment. Can be:
• Cosphi Set Point
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 28 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
•
•
Voltage Set Point (KV)
Reactive Power Set Point (Kvar) (It is not displayed in a wind farm with
MADE devices)
Each set point share axis with the variable that limits, so that it is easy to view the 2
variables on the same scale.
Illustration 23: Example of Regulator with V/Q static Regulation Mode
Illustration 24: Example of Graph with CosPhi SetPoint
A direct access to the detail regulation screen is available by clicking the EVOLUTION title when there is any
regulator.
The top of the graph includes the time axis indicating the hours. This time axis is common to all three
graphs.
On the right side of the graph, the numerical value of each variable in the instant marked by the cursor on
the graph is displayed.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 29 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
The cursor is the same for all the graphs that are represented in the Dashboard. To display the instantaneous
value, you have to place it at the right end of the graph.
Above the numerical values, the regulation unit state is displayed. The background color indicates the status
of the regulator:
❑ Red: there is an error in the regulator.
❑ Green: the regulator is running without errors.
❑ State changes
Illustration 25: Dashboard - State Changes Graph
In the second graph, the six groups of states defined in the header are represented in the following order
from top to bottom:
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
Communication failure
Manual
Stop/Emergency
Pause
Limited
Run & Ready
In addition, there is a filtering on top of the list of states with the different technologies that are part of the
wind farm. The purpose of this filtering is to be able to display the information of states for each one of
them.
The representation will scale the total number of machines in the wind farm. The information is related to
wind turbine type devices in wind farms with wind technology, inverters in wind farms with solar technology
or both types of devices, wind turbines and inverters, in a hybrid system.
There will be a cursor that can be moved on the time axis. Once you set the cursor, on the right of the graph
will display the aggregated values of each state at the selected time. The cursor is common to all graphs.
Doing click on the title bar, the user is redirected to the notifications history screen.
❑ Issues
Illustration 26: Dashboard - Issues Graph
The third graph is a time representation of the number of active warning and alarms. As in the state changes
graph, there is also a list of technologies that exist in the wind farm. Then, in this way, depending on the
selected criteria, you can see information related to wind turbines, inverters or both. Besides, same cursor
criterion as the two previous graphs applies.
The user can hide the variable of a graphic by clicking on its legend or value.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 30 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Title:
7
Code: GD274770-en
MENU MONITORING OPTIONS
This menu option groups the information available of the wind farm devices. There is a Side Panel
common to all three views. The Side Panel is explained in the Summary view part.
7.1
WIND FARM SUMMARY
This screen offers a summary of the status of all the devices in the wind farm:
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
Wind turbines.
Inverters.
Meteorological masts.
Substations.
Measuring devices.
Transmission system operators.
Illustration 27: Wind farm summary
7.1.1
SELECTION AND FILTERING
Starting from left to right this bar has different options to filter the devices to be displayed. All these
filters depend on the promoter or on the wind farm selected, as in the rest of the application.
Illustration 28: Filtering for wind farm summary
❑ Device type
The user has the option of selecting the different device types available (wind turbine, inverter, met
mast, substation, metering device, Transmission System Operator). Select all and unselect all is also
available.
❑ Display data
This option only applies to wind turbines and inverters. Devices that are not wind turbines or
inverters only display their status. It allows user to choose between different analog variables, these
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 31 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Title:
variables are configured by device type. Therefore, if there are several types of devices selected at
the same time, only the variables common to the selected types will appear.
-
Variables for wind turbines:
o Active power: active power generated by wind turbine (kW)
o Reactive power: reactive power generated by wind turbine (kVar)
o Wind speed.
o Pitch angle
o Nacelle position degrees
o Generator speed
-
Variables for inverters:
o Active power (kW)
o Reactive power (kVAr)
o Irradiation
The value shown on each wind turbine or inverter box corresponds to the selected analog variable.
❑ Sorted by
This option only appears if wind turbines or inverters are selected in the device type dropdown. As in
“Displaying data”, the sort values can be configured for each type of device. Similarly, if more than
one type of device is selected, only the common options are displayed. Now the configured options
for all types of devices are:
o Name
o Status
o P
o Q
Devices that are not wind turbines or inverters will be sorted by device name.
❑ Filtered by
The conditions to show this filter are the same as the “Sorted by”. It only will be displayed if a wind
turbine or inverter are selected in device type drop-down list, and only has effect on these types of
device.
There are 14 buttons, and when they are pressed, devices are filtered using the following criteria:
Color
Status Filter
Device in emergency status.
Device or inverter in no communicate status
Device in stop status
Device in paused status
Device in manual status
Device in ready status
Device or inverter in running status
Device in paused by tool status
Device in limited status
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 32 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Locked devices, which cannot receive commands from any user
Device that have any activated alarm
The device is regulating the active power or has been halted by the Active
Regulator.
Wind turbine is in unwinding pause
No filter
As in the previous filters if more than one device is selected at the same time, only the common
options are displayed. In the filters corresponding to wind turbine type, the data of each cube is the
number of devices in that status, and its background color is the status color. On the other hand, if
both wind turbines and inverters were selected, the value would correspond to the sum of the
devices of types that are in that state.
If the cube box already has an icon or text, the number will not be displayed. Finally, this filter is not
applied to the other device types, they are always displayed.
7.1.2
DEVICES
The devices are shown grouped by device types; at the bottom of these groups, there is a text indicating
the number of selected devices and the total number of devices for each.
Illustration 29: Summary device cell
In each cell can be displayed:
❑
❑
❑
❑
Device name.
Value of the selected analog variable in “Display data”.
Orange corner on top left side if the device has some activated alarm.
Different icons on bottom right side. The icon depends on the device status, if wind turbine is in
unwinding pause “@”, if it is locked, presence control status (MADE wind turbines) …
The user can select each of these cells, if a device is selected, the cell will contain a blue border.
The possible status for wind turbines are the followings:
Color
Status
Device Running: one that is communicating correctly
and, when referring to a wind turbine, is producing.
Devices in Communications Failure: connection has not
been established with the device.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 33 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Color
Status
Device in ready mode: one that is communicating
correctly but is not producing due to lack of wind (only
for wind turbines).
Device Paused: one that is communicating but is
stopped (only wind turbines).
Device in Manual mode: one that is communicating but
is stopped for maintenance (only wind turbines).
Device in Stop: one that is communicating but is
stopped (only wind turbines).
Device in Emergency mode: one that communicates,
but an error has brought the device to a status that
requires the operator's attention.
Device paused by tool
Device in limited running status
Table 2: Wind turbine status
The style of the cells containing wind turbines or inverters in running or ready status is different. They
will have gray background color and a circle with the status color. For other statuses, the background
color is going to be the status color. It has intentionally been designed in this way to highlight all status
that may need some attention.
It could happen that a device has more than one status at one time. In this case, the previous table
order will establish which the color to be shown is.
7.1.3
DRAG SELECTION PANEL
When multiple devices selecting is wanted, it is the time of using the drag selection panel. By click on
screen and drag panel over the devices, user can select multiple devices easily.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 34 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Illustration 30: Drag selection panel.
When the mouse is released then the devices that were under the selection panel became selected.
To deselect the devices, the same operation has to be done. Clicking and drag selection panel over
selected devices produces deselecting of devices.
Illustration 31: Drag selection panel.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
7.2
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 35 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
WIND FARM LIST
This view lists all devices in a similar way as the previous SCADA versions used to. It provides more
variables per turbine, but it can’t host as many devices in a single view, as the summary view can.
Below each table there is a counter with the total of devices and total of selected devices in the table.
As more variables are included in this view, there is no option to select which variable to display.
Illustration 32: Wind farm list
Different information is shown for each device.
The following is shown for wind turbines:
❑ Wind turbine Name.
Shows the name assigned to the wind turbine. If the machine has some activated event an orange
mark is in the left upper corner.
❑ Status.
The wind turbine status color will correspond to one of the statuses defined.
Likewise, text tags are added in this cell for additional information on the wind turbine status: wind
turbine is in unwinding pause, if the machine is locked, the presence control status (MADE wind
turbines), if the wind turbine is regulating the active power.
❑ Instant active power.
❑ Instant reactive power.
❑ Instant wind speed.
❑ Cos phi generated by wind turbine.
❑ Pitch angle in degrees.
For the inverters:
❑ Inverter Name.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 36 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Shows the name assigned to the inverter.
❑ Status.
There are only two available statuses: OK (Running) and Communication failure.
❑ Instant active power.
❑ Instant reactive power.
For the meteorological masts:
❑ Mast Name.
Shows the name assigned to the mast.
❑ Status.
In the case of the masts, there are only two available statuses: OK (Running) and Communication
failure.
For the measuring devices:
❑ Measuring device Name.
Shows the name assigned to the measuring device.
❑ Status.
Equal to the meteorological masts cases, there are different available statuses: OK (Running) ,
Communication failure and error status.
❑ Instant active power.
❑ Instant reactive power.
Finally, for the transmission system operators, there are:
❑ Transmission system operator Name.
Shows the name assigned to the transmission system operator
❑ Status.
There are only two available statuses: OK (Running) and Communication failure.
❑ Instant active power.
❑ Instant reactive power.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
7.2.1
DRAG SELECTION PANEL
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 37 of 352
When multiple devices selecting is wanted, it is the time of using the drag selection panel.
The operation is the same that be explained on the summary section. By click on screen and drag panel
over the devices, user can select multiple devices easily.
Illustration 33: Drag selection panel.
When the mouse is released then the devices that were under the selection panel became selected.
To deselect the devices, the same operation has to be done. Clicking and drag selection panel over
selected devices produces deselecting of devices.
Illustration 34: Drag selection panel.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
7.3
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 38 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
WIND FARM MAP
In this screen shows the devices displayed according to their geographical distribution.
Illustration 35: Wind farm map. Map view
There is the option to select the map and drag and drop it. This way, the user can focus the view in the
position desired. Besides, there are four ways to zoom on the map.
• By selecting map and with the mouse wheel the user can zoom in and zoom out.
• Using the two buttons that there are on the left; “+” to zoom in and “-” to zoom out.
• Doing double click on any point of the little map below to the right.
• Doing double click on any point of the map.
Illustration 36: Wind turbine device representation in map
The background color of each device is the color of the device current status. In Wind Turbine Status
Table, there are all possible statuses for devices in wind farm map. When user selects a device a blue
border around it appears. Icon arrows indicate the wind direction.
As mentioned, the map has various levels of zoom; in the fourth level the icon for the representation of
the device is changed. In this case, the device is represented as in summary, a rectangle with device
name, status, text tags and the variable selected in displaying data drop-down list:
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 39 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Illustration 37: Wind turbine device representation in map zooming in
In a wind farm with solar technology, from a list of coordinates configured for inverters, it can be
displayed the associated photovoltaic polygon.
Illustration 38: Photovoltaic polygon associated with the inverter
On the upper left corner there will be a button that lets user selects between two options:
❑ Map: devices are displayed on a topographic map (option by default).
❑ Earth: devices are displayed on roadmap
On the right bottom side there is a mini-map to help orient users within the wind farm map. The minimap will follow the center of the main map (but at a wider zoom level). In the mini-map are two buttons,
one gives the user the possibility to minimize the mini-map (arrow on bottom right corner). The other,
allows user to re-center the main map.
Illustration 39: Wind farm mini map
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
7.4
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 40 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
LAYOUT
The first tab of this screen, “Layout”, represents the monitoring of SNMP devices. This option is hidden to
wind farms with only solar technology installed.
Illustration 40: SNMP layout
The layout consists of header switches and switches related to wind turbines.
The switches are represented like rectangles. The back color of the rectangle represents the status of the
switch (cyan when not communicating and green when it is running), and inside, it shows the name of
the component.
The switches that are related to wind turbines have in addition to the rectangle, that represents the
switch, an image of a wind turbine at the top. The color of this image is determined by the status of the
wind turbine, as long as the wind turbine belongs to the wind farm or promoter selected. If the wind
turbine belongs to another wind farm or promoter, the color of the wind turbine image will be gray. In
this case, the user will not have any information about the status of the device.
The communication status of the different switches is represented by the lines which join the
components in the layout. They could take three possible statuses:
❑ Communicates: the color of the line will be green
❑ No communicates or error: the color of the line will be red
❑ Locked: the color of the line will be gray
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 41 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
On the other hand, the second tab, “Variables”, list the variables of the selected switches.
Illustration 41: Variables tab in SNMP layout
For each variable the following information is displayed:
Device
Code
Description
Value: the most recent value for all the variables is shown. In case of communications failure, no
value is shown.
❑ Units: applicability only to analogic variables.
❑ Tag type: one of the types listed above.
❑
❑
❑
❑
At the top, the following dropdown for filtering variables are displayed:
❑
❑
❑
❑
Device and sub device list
Variable types: the options are: Digital, Alphanumeric, Analogic variable, X Minutal.
Unit: for different units.
A search field to quickly locate the fields/variables to be monitored. This field allow search on the
Description field of the variable.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
7.5
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 42 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
GENSETS
The monitorization of the diesel groups that are responsible for restoring tension and orienting the wind
turbine properly in high wind scenarios. Each diesel group supports a group of wind turbines and they
are the ones that manage the behavior of their diesel group. This menu option is only available when
there is at least one group configured.
Then, if there is any group, it is displayed a list of configured gensets, which can be filtered by device or
status:
Illustration 42: Gensets
For each genset the displayed data is:
❑ Name
❑ Genset state
❑ Voltage
❑ Fuel level
❑ Battery voltage
❑ Load kW
❑ Number of wind turbines in not communicate state
❑ Number of wind turbines in pause state
❑ Number of wind turbines is pre-hurricane mode
❑ Number of wind turbines in hurricane mode
❑ Number of wind turbines with WT-UYS available
❑ Number of wind turbines with WT-UYS configured
❑ Number of wind turbines with WT-UYS enabled
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
7.6
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 43 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
SUMMARY SIDE INFORMATION PANEL
The side panel will be static in all summary screens (summary, list and map) and all its data depends on
the selected view for the application (promoter or wind farm). The following data are displayed:
❑ General data about wind farm status
❑ Device status data
❑ General information about selected devices
❑ Section to allow users to send commands to the wind turbines
❑ Meteorological mast detail data
The following images are all possible informative panels. In the first image, from left to right, when there
is not any device selected, when the user selects only one wind turbine or only one inverter, when more
than one wind turbine or inverter is selected, or when a wind turbine or inverter and another type of
device is selected.
In the second image, there are other options: When a meteorological mast is selected, or when another
type is selected.
Illustration 43: Different possible side information panels (I)
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 44 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Illustration 44: Different possible side information panels (II)
The wind farm status data will be the same independently of the types of device or of the number of
the selected devices, but it will be different depending on the technologies installed in the selected wind
farm or promoter:
❑ Connected devices: Number of wind turbines which are connected in wind farm with wind
technology, number of inverters in solar technology wind farm or number of inverters and wind
turbines in hybrid system.
❑ Wind Capacity Factor (%): Ratio of the instant power of the wind farm (sum of individual powers
of each turbine) and the rated power of the wind farm.
❑ Solar Capacity Factor (%): Ratio of the instant power of the wind farm (sum of individual powers
of each inverter) and the rated power of the wind farm.
❑ Wind Availability (%): the average availabilities of the wind turbines.
❑ Solar Availability (%): the average availabilities of the inverters.
❑ Total Power (kWh): Sum of the energy produced by the selected wind turbines and inverters
since commissioning.
❑ Annual Power (kWh): Total energy produced by the selected wind turbines and inverters in the
current year.
❑ Month Power (kWh): Total energy produced by the selected wind turbines and inverters in the
current month.
The device status data also is static for all cases; and in this section, will be shown the number of
meteorological masts that there are integrated in SCADA for the selected view (promoter or wind farm).
In case of one of these devices is in communication failure an alarm icon will be appeared.
The rest of the panel is filled according to the selection in the central panel.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
7.6.1
WITHOUT SELECTION
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 45 of 352
There is a switch for general locks and unlock command and a drop-down list with the wind farm general
commands.
If there is a general lock, there is not option to continue sending any command:
Illustration 45: Commands drop-down list is disabled
Otherwise, the user can send the following general commands to all the wind turbines, inverters or wind
turbines and inverters, depending on the installed technologies in selected promoter/wind farm:
❑
❑
❑
❑
Start (WTG)
Alarms confirmation (WTG)
Pause (WTG)
Emergency (WTG): is displayed only when the wind technology is installed
If the wind farm only has wind turbines and all wind turbines of the selected wind farm or promoter can
support the “Safe position” functionality, they also have the following commands available:
❑ Safe position: Disable
❑ Safe position: Prepare
❑ Safe position: Apply
On the other hand, in MADE wind turbines, they also have the following commands available:
❑ Disable Ethernet communication
❑ Enable Ethernet communication
Besides, when the presence control in the MADE wind turbine is activated, the following commands are
available too:
❑ Anti-intruder system rearm
❑ Authorize presence
Next to the drop-down list there is a button with an arrow; it is the button to send the selected
command. Different pop-up windows will appear for security reasons to confirm the command selected.
Device lock: the application checks if each device is locked. In case of some device is locked, it will show
a message and will give the user the option to choose if he still wants to send the command to nonlocked devices. If all devices are locked, the user cannot send any commands.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 46 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Illustration 46: Device lock message
If the user decides to continue, a dialog window will be displayed to enter the time between commands
in the global sequence to the selected turbines:
Illustration 47: Time between commands sending
Finally, in the last dialog window, the user must enter a code to perform the action:
Illustration 48: Confirm dialog for command sending
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
7.6.2
ONE WIND TURBINE OR INVERTER IS SELECTED
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 47 of 352
The data to display when one wind turbine is selected is:
❑
❑
❑
❑
Wind turbine model and diameter, or model only if it is an inverter
Wind turbine or inverter total active power
The reason why it is stopped (if it is stopped by the SCADA).
The reason why its production is limited (if it is being curtailed by the SCADA).
After this information is the “DETAILS” button to access to the detail of the wind turbine or inverter.
Finally, in the last section “Device commands” there is a check to send locking or unlocking command by
SCADA for selected device and a drop-down list with different options to send a command to device (for
inverters there are no available emergency and safe position commands).
If there is a general lock in the wind farm, a text is displayed to indicate that it is not possible to send
any command of the drop-down list:
Illustration 49: Device commands section with general lock
On the other hand, if the device is locked the system indicates who is the responsible for this. There are
three options:
❑ Blocked by SCADA: lock applied from the SCADA user interface
❑ Blocked by local: represents the status of the locking switch (only for wind turbines)
❑ Blocked by SCADA & local: the device is locked by SCADA and also by locking switch
Illustration 50: Device commands section with device lock
The possible commands for device are:
❑ Start (WTG)
❑ Alarms confirmation (WTG)
❑ Pause (WTG)
❑ Emergency (WTG): it is only available for wind turbines
Wind turbines that can support the “Safe position” functionality also have the following commands
available:
❑ Safe position: Disable
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 48 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Safe position: Prepare
❑ Safe position: Apply
MADE wind turbines also have the following commands available:
❑ Disable Ethernet communication
❑ Enable Ethernet communication
❑ Anti-intruder system rearms (only if presence control is activated)
❑ Authorize presence (only if presence control is activated)
Verifications to send a command to the device are the same as in sending general commands.
7.6.3
ONE METEOROLOGICAL MAST IS SELECTED
If there is a meteorological mast selected the commands section is hidden and for each height the
following data is displayed:
❑ Wind speed (m/s)
❑ Direction (º)
There is a button to access to detail window.
No command options are available as there is no option to command a met mast.
7.6.4
ONE SUBSTATION IS SELECTED
If there is a substation selected, you will only have an additional button to access the detail window.
7.6.5
MORE THAN ONE WIND TURBINE OR INVERTER IS SELECTED
When more than one wind turbine or inverter is selected the panel includes the sum of the instant power
of the selected devices and the possibility to send commands to that same selection.
If you want to send the command to lock or unlock to the selected devices, and these devices have
different feedback values, priority is given to sending lock. Besides, the feedback value of all selected
devices will be unlocked.
Apart from that, when there are several locked devices selected, there is no information on the cause of
this blocking (SCADA or locking switch).
The verification windows to send commands are the same as in previous section.
There is no option to access a detail window for multiple selections.
7.6.6
MULTIPLE SELECTIONS
If different devices are selected, wind turbine and inverter criteria will apply for the devices selected. No
additional information will be added in the side panel for other type of devices.
7.6.7
GENSET MENU OPTION
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 49 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
The blocks of wind farm and device status have the same information that it is displayed in the previous
information panels. Besides, if one device is selected in the list “Details” button appears to give the
choice to access to genset detail.
Finally, if one or more gensets are selected the group commands option is enabled to send a command
to the wind turbines that are included in the selected gensets. The available commands are “Safe
position: disable”, “Safe position: prepare” and “Safe position: apply”.
Illustration 51: Information panel of genset menu option
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
8
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 50 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
EVENTS MENU OPTIONS
This menu option groups the views to monitor and manage alarms, warnings and status changes of the
different wind farm devices. Also, the Messenger historical of sendings can be consulted.
8.1
ACTIVE NOTIFICATIONS
This menu option allows the user to view alarms and warnings that are currently active.
Both can be acknowledged and commented on by the operator.
All elements available correspond to the selected promoter or wind farm on the right top corner:
❑ Device Type: Multiple device type selection. It includes all devices that can have events. Only
available devices will appear in the dropdown.
❑ Device: Multiple device selection. All the available devices of the selected types will appear in
the dropdown.
❑ Subdevice: Multiple subdevice selection. Only enabled when single device is selected.
❑ Type: Filter for event type. Alarm (A), warning (W) or both of them. ‘*’ is used to remove all
filters.
❑ Status: Filter for event status. As in the event type filtering, * is used to remove all filters. Each
box includes the number of events in that status. If the number of events is greater than 100
“++” is displayed. In addition, this number of events is determined by the selected event types
in the previous combo. The color of the box determines the status:
Color
Status
Active event not acknowledged.
Active event and acknowledged.
Table 3: Color code for active alarms or warnings
❑ Event code: Filter by event code. Multiple selections are available. An additional search box is
included in the dropdown to simplify searching a specific event code.
❑ Favorites: It allows creating favorites of created filters in order to be reused.
The center of the screen is filled with the list of filtered events.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 51 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Illustration 52: Active alarms and warnings
Each event includes the following information:
❑ Event status: Indicates whether it is active or not, and if it has been acknowledged or not. The
table: “Color code for active alarms or warnings” shows the color code used.
❑ Device identifier to which the event belongs.
❑ Event code.
❑ Event description.
❑ Event activation time.
❑ Event acknowledgement time.
❑ User that acknowledged the event.
❑ If the event has a comment, an icon will appear that links the user to the full list of comment.
Comments may be added from the bottom button list.
Illustration 53: Full list of comments.
Depending on the number of elements resulting from the filter, the data might not fit on a single page.
In this case, normal page turning controls will appear underneath the data table.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 52 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
The list can be reorganized by clicking on the title of the column intended to be the sorting criteria.
Clicking once again on the same title cell will reverse the sorting order (ascending/descending)
alternately.
The user can select rows from the table to perform different actions on selected events. At the bottom of
the screen, there is a series of buttons that allow make the following actions on events:
❑ Export: create a .csv file with all filtered events.
❑ Recognize filtered: to acknowledge all filtered events, regardless whether there is any selected
event in the table. It opens a pop up window that allows user to enter the same
acknowledgement text for all of them. This option is available if there are any events in the
table.
Illustration 54: Acknowledgement for all filtered events
❑ Comment filtered: to comment all filtered events. As in “Recognize filtered”, comment will be
added to all filtered events regardless of the selected ones. If there is no data in the table this
option is not displayed.
More than one comment can be added to an event but only one acknowledgment comment is allowed.
Illustration 55: Comments for all filtered events
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 53 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Recognize selected: This option is displayed whenever at least one event is selected.
o If multiple events are selected, the pop-up window will allow a group acknowledgment with
a common comment to all acknowledgements.
o If a single event is selected, the pop-up window will show details of the event and all
available comments for that event. Acknowledgment or comments can be added in this
window:
Illustration 56: Acknowledge selected event
❑ Comment selected: It is shown in the same conditions as the “Recognize selected” option, and also
the window that opens is different depending on the number of events that the user has selected,
one or more. When a single event is selected “Acknowledge selected event” screen is shown, with
the difference that the active focus is in the text field to enter comments, but it has the option to
acknowledge the event also. Otherwise, if the selected events are more than one, “Comments for all
filtered events” screen is displayed.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
8.2
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 54 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
NOTIFICATIONS HISTORY
This menu option allows consulting alarms, warnings and status changes in the wind farm. Initially, the
last 24 hours of events and status changes are shown. As in active alarms, the rows in the table can be
selected and there is a list of actions that the user can do, like export to a .CSV file, comment events or
acknowledged events.
Illustration 57: Notifications history
All filters depend on the view selected on the right top corner; on the selected promoter or on the
selected wind farm. The filters that can be applied on the events comprise the following fields:
❑ Device Type: Multiple device type selection. It includes wind turbines, substation, UPS or
regulation unit. Only available devices will appear in the dropdown.
❑ Device: Multiple device selection. All the available devices of the selected types will appear in
the dropdown.
❑ Type: Filter for event type. Alarm (A), warning (W), status (S) or any of them (*).
❑ Status: Filter for event status. As in the event type filtering, * is used to remove all filters. Each
box includes the number of events in that status. If the number of events is greater than 100
“++” is displayed. In addition, this number of events is determined by the selected event types
in the previous combo. The color of the box determines the status:
❑ Color
Status
Active event not acknowledged.
Active event and acknowledged.
Inactive event not acknowledged.
Inactive event and acknowledged (appears only in the
alarm log)
Table 4: Color code for alarms and warnings history
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 55 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Event code: Filter by event code. Multiple selections are available. An additional search box is
included in the dropdown to simplify searching a specific event code.
❑ From time: The start time for the events consult.
❑ To time: The end time for the events consult.
❑ Favorites: It allows creating favorites of created filters in order to be reused.
The center of the screen is filled with the list of filtered events.
Each event includes the following information:
❑ Alarm status: indicates whether the event it is active or not or if it is a status change, with the
color code.
Color
Status
Active event not acknowledged.
Active event and acknowledged.
Inactive event not acknowledged.
Inactive event and acknowledged (appears only in the
alarm log)
Status change
Table 5: Color code for alarms, warnings and status changes history
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
Device identifier to which the event belongs.
Event code.
Event description.
Event activation time.
Event deactivation time.
Event acknowledgement time.
User that acknowledged the event.
If the event has a comment, an icon will appear that links the user to the full list of comments.
Comments may be added from bottom button list.
Illustration 58: Full list of comments
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 56 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Depending on the number of elements resulting from the search, the data might not fit on a single page.
In this case, normal page turning controls will appear underneath the data table. The content in the table
can be reorganized by simply clicking on the title of the column intended to be the sorting criteria for the
table itself. Clicking once again on the same title cell will reverse the sorting order
(ascending/descending) alternately.
If the number of the elements resulting overcomes the maximum number of elements set to display on
window (500), then a message is displayed on the top of the table to inform to the user.
Illustration 59: Informative message
The user can select rows from the table to perform different actions on selected events. At the bottom of
the screen, there is a series of buttons that allow make the following actions on events:
❑ Export to .csv
❑ Recognize filtered
❑ Recognize selected
❑ Comment selected
All these actions are explained on the section 5.1. Active Notifications. Indicate that status changes
cannot be neither recognized nor commented. In case of attempt to recognize or comment on a change
of status, a message like the following will appear:
Illustration 60: Informative message
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
8.3
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 57 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
MESSENGER HISTORY
This menu option allows consulting sendings history made by Messenger tool. Initially, the last 24 hours
of messenger’s sendings are shown. The user can filter in order to find some particular sendings. When
the filter is created by user, then it is necessary to click on
button to start the search. User
can also sort data by any field in the table simply by clicking on the header of each column.
Illustration 61: Messenger history
All searches will be restricted to 500 records and in the case of overcoming them, a warning message is
displayed.
Illustration 62: Records Limitation
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
Code: GD274770-en
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 58 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
The filters the user can make searches with are the followings:
• Devices. It will have the component device selection (the selection of subdevices will not be
allowed) to select (Devices types and devices combos).
• Event Category. Filter by type of events (alarms, warnings or status changes).
• Event Code. List of event descriptions
• Sending Status. Filter by sending status (All/Ok/KO).
• Date From/To. Filter by a date range (date from should always be less than date to). those
sendings that end with error
• Search. Text box to type a text that will match with some of the following fields: subscription,
shift, sending or receiver (phone or email).
The table with the search results allows sorting and displays paginated data. The table fields are:
• Subscription. Subscription name.
• Shift. Shift name.
• Sending. Sending name.
• Sent. Sending date.
• Message. Icon indicating whether a message exists.
Those sendings that end with error appear with red background and the rest with gray background.
Illustration 63: Sendings with error and correct
To view a message related with a particular sending, click on the icon
with the message.
. A pop up window will be displayed
Illustration 64: Sending Message
With the button Export placed on the bottom of the screen, filtered data can be exported to a .csv
document.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
8.4
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 59 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
CATEGORIZATION
This menu option allows consulting and updating events' categorizations. This menu option is not
available in a wind farm installation with only solar technology installed.
Initially, a filter is shown.
Illustration 65: Categorization filter
If the user selects categorized elements other two dropdowns are shown. One to select categories and
other one to select events.
Illustration 66: Categorization filter with category and events dropdown
The user can filter in order to find some particular events by the following fields:
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
Devices: to filter only states of selected devices
States: to filter by states
Categorized, no categorized or all states.
Category: to filter categorized states with selected categories.
Events: to filter categorized states associated with these events
From: from date
To: to date.
When the filter is created by user, then it is necessary to click on button
Illustration 67: Filtered states
to start the search.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 60 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
All searches will be restricted to 10.000 records and in the case of overcoming them, a warning message
is displayed.
After doing the search you can see a table with all the states obtained. Each device is displayed in a row.
First the name is displayed and then chronologically all the states obtained. If at any time there is no
selected state a gray gap will be displayed. In addition, only the part of the event that is within the
requested period is shown. When an event is cut it is represented by a zigzag edge.
For each state we can see the following information:
❑ Above: the name of the state and its associated color
❑ Below: the periods in which state has been categorized. For each category will show its
associated letter and color. If it has not been categorized they will be shown "--"
At the bottom will be displayed:
❑
a counter
❑
a control
❑ the action buttons
to expand states.
.
You can select states doing click on them. Then the border of selected states will be blue. If there is a
single selected state, on the right, a form to edit state will be shown.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 61 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Illustration 68: State detail
8.4.1
EDIT STATE
On this part, if state is categorizable, you can add, remove and edit state's categorizations.
If state is not categorizable, state will be shown disabled and the cursor icon will be
.
You can do the following actions:
❑ Split a categorization
Doing double-click on a categorization you'll split categorization into two parts.
❑ Join two categorizations on the right
Doing double-click on right arrow
, you'll join that categorization and the category that is on
the right. You'll have a single categorization with the first categorization info.
❑ Join two categorizations on the left
Doing double-click on left arrow
, you'll join that categorization and the category that is on
the left. You'll have a single categorization with the first categorization info.
❑ Change categorizations' dates
Doing click on separator of two categories, when the cursor changes to
mouse you'll change the dates of two categories.
, and drag the
❑ Move to next or previous state
Doing click on the arrows on the sides you'll move to previous
or next
filtered state.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 62 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
You can select a categorization doing click on it. Then the border of selected categorization will be blue
and you'll see categorization details and you'll be able to change categorization. If the cursor icon is
you won't be able to select that categorization.
Illustration 69: Categorization detail
You'll be able to change:
❑
❑
❑
❑
From date: if there is other categorization that can be edited on the left.
To date: if there is other categorization that can be edited on the right.
Category
Description
The user field is read-only and it shows the user that saves last change of this categorization.
You can also associate an alarm with a categorization. Doing click on "Alarms & warnings" text will be
shown a control with all warnings, alarms that have occurred during the state and one hour before. You
can choose one of them, doing click on it, to associate with categorization. You only can select alarms
and warnings, not substates.
When you have made all the changes, you will have to save them by clicking the save button.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
8.4.2
MULTIPLE CHANGE
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 63 of 352
Doing click on "Categorize filtered" or "Categorize selected" you'll be able to change several states at
once.
With "Categorize filtered" button you'll change all filtered states and with "Categorize selected" button
you'll change all selected states.
Doing click on these buttons will be shown another screen:
The user has to intro:
❑ Category: required
❑ Description: optional
❑ Overwrite: if you select overwrite, all categorization, that someone saved in the past, will
be overwrite. If you don't select overwrite only states without categorizations will be
updates.
When you do click on OK button a progress bar appears to see the progress of the process. When
process ends, the screen will close and if there had been any error will be shown on alert window.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
9
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 64 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
WIND TURBINE DETAIL WINDOWS
When the user selects a wind turbine device, and then clicks on details button the corresponding detail is
loaded.
Illustration 70: Wind Turbine Detail Screen
The screen is divided into 3 parts: central panel, bottom panel and a side panel.
9.1
CENTRAL PANEL
The tabs available for this type of device are:
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
Overview: General information about wind turbine.
Electrical system: wind turbine electrical data.
Temperatures: wind turbine temperatures.
Payment Functionalities: information about activated payment functionalities.
Inputs/Outputs: list of variables related to MADE wind turbines.
Variables: list of variables for selected wind turbine.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 65 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Overview
The image of a wind turbine is shown as wallpaper.
Illustration 71: Overview tab of wind turbine detail screen
In this tab, there are three sets of data across the screen.
❑ In the middle:
On the left of the wind turbine shown the following data:
❑ P: Produced Active Power (KW).
❑ Q: Produced Reactive Power (kVAr).
❑ Wind speed (m / s).
On the right bottom of the wind turbine:
❑ Turbine blocked by switch or cut: Padlock
.
❑ Presence on machine: icon that the presence control status
❑ Unwinding: @.
.
❑ On the right: the following data are displayed:
❑ Cos Phi.
❑ Voltage.
❑ Frequency.
❑ Pitch Angle.
❑ Nacelle Orientation.
❑ Generator Speed.
❑ Rotor Speed.
❑ Temperature.
❑ There are four data sets on the left: General Data, Resources, Productions, Nacelle and
Uninterrupted yawing system (when “Safe Position” is available). In each data set they will be
displayed configured data.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 66 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Electrical system
In this view the values of the variables related to the electrical system of the wind turbine are displayed.
Illustration 72: Electrical system tab of wind turbine detail screen
A general picture of the Nacelle with electrical components associated with the type of WTG, where you
can see the electrical subsystems, is shown as wallpaper.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Temperatures
In this view the variables of temperature of the wind turbine are displayed.
Illustration 73: Temperatures tab of wind turbine detail screen
A general picture of General nacelle type WTG is shown as wallpaper.
Rev: 12
Page 67 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Payment Functionalities
In this view the list of payment functionalities of the wind turbine are displayed.
Only if the wind turbine has any payment functionality, user can see this tab.
Illustration 74: Temperatures tab of wind turbine detail screen
Rev: 12
Page 68 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 69 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Inputs/Outputs
In this view the variables of the inputs and outputs of the MADE wind turbine are displayed. The tab is
divided into two parts: on the left there are input variables and, on the right, the output variables.
Illustration 75: Inputs/Outputs tab of MADE wind turbine detail screen
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 70 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Variables
In this view all the signals sent by the PLC and calculated by the SCADA are displayed in a table: Digital,
Numeric and Calculated (10 minutes and 15 minutes).
Illustration 76: Variables tab of wind turbine detail screen
For each variable the following information is displayed:
Device
Code
Description
Value: the most recent value for all the variables is shown. In case of communications failure, no
value is shown.
❑ Units: applicability only to analogic variables.
❑ Tag type: one of the types listed above.
❑
❑
❑
❑
At the top, the following dropdown for filtering variables are displayed:
❑
❑
❑
❑
Device and sub device list
Variable types: the options are: Digital, Alphanumeric, Analogic variable, X Minutal.
Unit: for different units.
A search field to quickly locate the fields/variables to be monitored. This field allow search on the
Description field of the variable.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
9.2
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 71 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
BOTTOM PANEL
This panel is superimposed on the central panel. In the upper right, there is an icon to minimize or
restore this panel.
Illustration 77: Bottom panel of wind turbine detail screen
❑ Normal size
It is the default view.
In the top left of the box, you can select the information to display in this panel.
You can choose between:
❑ Productions, Availability and Counters (default view)
Three graphs are displayed: one of availability, another of production and the last graph of counter
(in this the values to represent are hours of daylight and hours generating). For all graphs, the last
twelve periods are shown according to the selected sample (hourly, daily, monthly or yearly).
❑ Trends.
The evolution of the variables (P, Q and wind speed) will be displayed during the selected time
period: last 10 minutes, last hour, last 4 hours or last 8 hours.
A link to the full trends tool is also included.
❑ Maximized size
When the box is maximized, depends on the active graph tab the information to be displayed is different.
In case of Trends, the same graph that in the normal size it is displayed but its size is higher. In the
other case, Productions, Availability or Counter tabs, in each tab they are shown always the three graphs
at the same time, but the order that the graphs appear depends on the selected tab. If the active tab is
Availability, the first graph that is displayed is Availability, and then Production and Counters.
❑ Illustration 73: Maximized bottom panel of wind turbine detail screen
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 72 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Minimized size
When the box is minimized, only one line is shown with the icon to restore on the right and the selected
option: Productions, Availability, Counters or Trends.
9.3
SIDE PANEL
The following information appears on the side panel of the detail window:
Illustration 78: Side panel of wind turbine detail screen
❑ Wind turbine General Information
As in other details of device on the top panel there is the following information:
•
•
•
The device name between two arrows, that allows user moving to the previous or next wind
turbine detail.
Under this name it can be seen the device type and the wind farm that owns the device
separated by “@”.
Finally, the state of the wind turbine is displayed. The state rectangle color and text depend
on current device state. If the turbine is being curtailed by a regulation tool, there will be an
additional message of the tool that is currently limiting the production.
❑ Latest states
This block shows the time and date the turbine changed to the current state and the time and date
of the two previous state changes.
❑ Notifications data
It displays the last three events for the selected device. The below link “See all notifications” will take
you to the full list of active events for that device.
❑ Windfarm status
The following information is displayed:
o
o
Connected wind turbines: number of connected wind turbines.
Capacity Factor (%): Ratio of the instantaneous power of the park or selection (sum of
individual powers of each turbine) and the power rating.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 73 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
o
o
o
o
Availability (%): The average availability of wind turbines.
Total production (KW/h): Total production of all the wind turbines.
Annual production (KW/h): Total production of all the turbines in the current year.
Monthly production (KW/h): Total production of all the turbines in the current month.
❑ Commands
This part includes:
❑ Blocked button:
If the user has permission to block, it allows block/unblock the wind
turbine. To change the status, confirmation will be requested. Below the check there is a text
explaining the origin of the block, whether it is by SCADA or locking switch.
❑ Dropdown commands: Lets you choose the type of command to send to current wind turbine
from the following options:
▪
▪
▪
▪
Run.
Pause.
All Alarms Acknowledge (Reset).
Emergency.
Wind turbines that can support the “Safe position” functionality also have the following
commands available:
▪ Safe position: Disable
▪ Safe position: Prepare
▪ Safe position: Apply
MADE wind turbines also have the following commands available:
▪ Disable Ethernet communication
▪ Enable Ethernet communication
▪ Anti-intruder system rearm (only if the presence control is activated)
▪ Authorize presence (only if the presence control is activated)
Confirmation window will pop-up to confirm turbine and command. If accepted, a new window
pop-up will appear requesting the user to type the displayed random numeric value for security
purposes.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
10
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 74 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
INVERTER WINDOWS
When the user selects an inverter device, and then clicks on detail window button the corresponding
detail is loaded.
Illustration 79: Inverter detail window
The screen is divided into 3 parts: central panel, bottom panel and a side panel.
10.1 CENTRAL PANEL
The tabs available for this type of device are:
❑ Overview: General information about inverter.
❑ Variables: list of variables for selected inverter.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 75 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Overview
The image of an inverter is shown as wallpaper.
Illustration 80: Overview tab of inverter detail screen
In this tab, there are three sets of data across the screen.
❑ In the middle:
On the left of the inverter shown the following data:
❑ Irradiance
❑ Temperature
❑ On the right: the following data are displayed:
❑ P: Produced Active Power (KW).
❑ Q: Produced Reactive Power (kVAr).
❑ Cos Phi
❑ Frequency
❑ There are different data sets on the left: Electrical Data, Temperatures, Productions, Resources
and General data.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 76 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ VARIABLES TAB
The aim of this tab is to list all the variables of the inverter, and for filtering the information some dropdown lists will be used. Actually, this window is also used in other wind farm device details.
The filters used are the following ones:
❑ Device and sub device list: the own inverter and their subdevices.
❑ Filter by variables that can only be written to or read (visible only if there is any variable that can
be written)
❑ Variable types
❑ Variable units
❑ Text field in order to search variables by description.
10.2 BOTTOM PANEL
This panel is superimposed on the central panel. In the upper right, there is an icon to minimize or
restore this panel. It is really the same as the wind turbine detail but the inverter data.
Illustration 81: Bottom panel of inverter detail screen
10.3 SIDE PANEL
The following information appears on the side panel of the detail window:
❑ Wind turbine General Information
As in other details of device on the top panel there is the following information:
•
•
•
The device name between two arrows, that allows user moving to the previous or next
inverter detail.
Under this name it can be seen the device type and the wind farm that owns the device
separated by “@”.
Finally, the state of the inverter is displayed. The state rectangle color and text depend on
current device state.
❑ Latest states
This block shows the time and date the inverter changed to the current state and the time and date
of the two previous state changes.
❑ Notifications data
It displays the last three events for the selected device. The arrow on the right will take you to the
full list of active events for that device.
❑ Windfarm status
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 77 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
The following information is displayed:
o
o
o
o
o
o
Connected inverters: number of connected inverters.
Capacity Factor (%): Ratio of the instantaneous power of the park or selection (sum of
individual powers of each inverter) and the power rating.
Availability (%): The average availability of inverters.
Total production (KW/h): Total production of all the inverters.
Annual production (KW/h): Total production of all the inverters in the current year.
Monthly production (KW/h): Total production of all the inverters in the current month.
❑ Commands
This part includes:
❑ Blocked button:
If the user has permission to block, it allows block/unblock the
inverter. To change the status, confirmation will be requested.
❑ Dropdown commands: Lets you choose the type of command to send to current inverter from
the following options:
▪
▪
▪
Run.
Pause.
All Alarms Acknowledge (Reset).
Confirmation window will pop-up to confirm inverter and command. If accepted, a new window
pop-up will appear requesting the user to type the displayed random numeric value for security
purposes.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
11
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 78 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
METEOROLOGICAL MAST DETAIL WINDOWS
When the user selects a meteorological mast device, and then clicks on details button the corresponding
detail is loaded.
The screen is divided into 3 parts: top panel, bottom panel and a side panel.
Illustration 82: Side panel of meteorological mast detail screen
11.1 TOP PANEL
It will be shown:
❑ Mast diagram
❑ Variable data table: In this table you can see the values of instant, X10 Average, Maximum,
Minimum and X10 Deviation of configured instant variables. Depending on the device of
meteorological mast and the prioritization of the defined variables, one or other variables can be
seen.
❑ Tabs: for each mast height where there is a measuring device.
Height can be changed by clicking on the tabs or the mast diagram.
11.2 BOTTOM PANEL
It will be shown of the height selected in top panel:
Variable data graph: In this graph you can see the values of instant, X10 Average, Maximum,
Minimum or X10 Deviation (the value is selected in the dropdown), of the variables listed in the table
above. That is, the graph variables will automatically adapt to the variables in the table, as long as,
the axes limit allow it (the maximum number of different axes is 4)
Height can be changed by clicking on the tabs or the mast diagram of the top panel.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 79 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
11.3 SIDE PANEL
The following information appears on the side panel of the detail window:
❑ Mast General Information
As in other details of device on the top panel there is the following information:
The device name between two arrows, that allows user moving to the previous or next met mast
detail. Under this name it can be seen the device type and the wind farm that owns the device
separated by “@”. Finally, the state of the met mast is displayed. The state rectangle color and text
depend on current device state.
❑ Info.
The following information is displayed:
❑ Station number
❑ Battery: the supply voltage and / or batteries.
❑ For each height
❑ Horizontal instantaneous wind velocity (m/s)
❑ Instant wind direction in format wind rose
❑ Notifications data.
A history of the last three status changes (Online and Offline) is displayed. In this way it reflects the
time of the last refresh if Offline.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
12
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 80 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
SUBSTATION DETAIL WINDOWS
When the user selects a substation device, and then clicks on detail window button the corresponding
detail is loaded.
Illustration 83: Substation detail window
The tabs available for this type of device are:
❑ Layout: To display layout of the substation.
❑ Variables: List of variables for the selected substation
The side information panel is the same for both views.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 81 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
12.1 LAYOUT TAB
This tab displays the different available substation layouts that can be selected from the drop down
menu.
Navigation through the layout is enabled via drag and drop. It is also possible to zoom the view by
scrolling with the mouse or by using the +/- side buttons.
The elements in the diagram are grouped in positions. A position is an element the user may interact
with. When a position is selected, it is highlighted, the rest of the layout is dimmed and the side panel
displays specific information of that position and the option to access a detail view.
Illustration 84: Substation layout with selected position
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 82 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
12.2 VARIABLES TAB
This tab lists all the variables of the substation. Drop down lists may be used for filtering information and
there is also a text field to search by description.
On these device types it is useful to be able to override the value of some variables. This functionality
can also be applied to any type of device; all you have to do is set through a configuration file.
If the device has any variable that can be written configured, then a button "Apply changes" and a new
filter for the results table (read only or writeable variables) is displayed. The value of variables that can
be overwritten appears in a text box, in instead of in a label. In the text box the user can change the
value and then click on the button "Apply Changes".
The filters used are the following ones:
❑
❑
❑
❑
Device and sub device list: the own substation and their positions.
Variable types
Variable units
Text field in order to search variables by description.
Illustration 85: Variables tab for substation detail
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 83 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
12.3 SIDE PANEL
The following information appears on the side panel of the detail window:
❑ Device data.
The device name between two arrows, that allows user moving to the previous or next substation
detail. Under this name it can be seen the device type and the wind farm that owns the device
separated by “@”. Finally, the status of the substation is displayed. The status rectangle color and
text depends on current device status.
❑ Notifications data.
It includes a list of the last eight notifications of the substation. If a position is selected, it displays
the last three events for the selected position. The below link “See all notifications” will take you to
the full list of active events for that device.
When a position is selected, two additional sections will be included in the side panel:
❑ Measurement data of the position.
It includes the name of the selected position, a table with information about the variables, its
description and value.
❑ Position detail button.
Button to access to position detail window.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 84 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
12.4 POSITION DETAIL WINDOW
In this window there are three different parts. On the left is the layout of the position. On the middle a
table that contains the variables of the different categories configured depending on the type of device
(the device type is determined by the device configured in position). Finally, on the right, the user has
the informative panel. This panel is the same as the substation panel when a position is selected; with
the only difference that in this case there is a list with the commands that can be sent to the position.
The user only has to select an item in drop-down list and click the button to send a command.
Illustration 86: Detail of position
Each item of the table has the following data:
❑ Variable description.
❑ Value of the variable
❑ Category to which the variable belongs.
In order to filter these data in the table there is a filter above it. Each cube represents a
category, and to remove the selected filters “*” is used.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
13
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 85 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
METERING DEVICE DETAIL WINDOWS
The detailed information of the metering device may be accessed from the summary view, list view or
the regulation summary.
Illustration 87: Metering device screen
The screen is divided into 2 parts: a main panel and a side panel.
13.1 MAIN PANEL
At the top a RST diagram is shown with measures voltage phase - phase and phase - neutral received by
the measuring device. It also displays the current amperage (in Amps) of each phase.
At the bottom a table is shown with information about generated powers and generated energies. Each
phase will show:
❑
❑
❑
❑
Active power (kW).
Reactive power (kVAr).
Apparent power (KVA).
Cos PHI.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 86 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
13.2 SIDE PANEL
The following information appears on the side panel of the detail window:
❑ Device data.
As in other details of device on the top panel there is the following information:
❑ The device name between two arrows, that allows user moving to the previous or next metering
detail.
❑ The name is typically the Manufacturer brand and / or Meter Type (e.g. ION 7650).
❑ Below the device image a rectangle Cyan (Offline) / Green (Online) / Red (error text) indicates
the status of communication with the device.
❑ Notifications data
It displays the last three events for the selected device. The below link “See all notifications” will take
you to the full list of active events for that device.
❑ Info.
The values at the grid connection point that are being considered for regulation purposes are shown
in this part:
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
Active Power (kW).
Reactive Power (kVAr).
Apparent Power (kVA).
Frequency (Hz).
Cos PHI.
Voltage
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
14
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 87 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
TSO DETAIL WINDOWS
When the user selects a TSO device, and then clicks on detail window button the corresponding detail is
loaded.
Illustration 88: TSO detail window
The tabs available for this type of device are:
❑ Variables: list of variables for selected TSO.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 88 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
14.1 VARIABLES TAB
The aim of this tab is to list all the variables of the TSO, and for filtering the information some drop-down
lists will be used. Actually, this window is also used in other wind farm device details.
On these device types it is useful to be able to override the value of some variables. This functionality
can also be applied to any type of device; all you have to do is set through a configuration file.
If the device has any variable that can be written configured, then a button "Apply changes" and a new
filter for the results table (read only or writeable variables) is displayed. The value of variables that can
be overwritten appears in a text box, in instead of in a label. In the text box the user can change the
value and then click on the button "Apply Changes".
The filters used are the following ones:
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
Device and sub device list: the own TSO and their subdevices.
Filter by variables that can only be written to or read (if there is any variable that can be written)
Variable types
Variable units
Text field in order to search variables by description.
Illustration 89: Variables tab for TSO detail
14.2 SIDE PANEL
The following information appears on the side panel of the detail window:
❑ Device data.
As in other details of device on the top panel there is the following information:
The device name between two arrows, that allows user moving to the previous or next TSO detail.
Under this name it can be seen the device type and the wind farm that owns the device separated by
“@”. Finally, the status of the TSO is displayed. The status rectangle color and text depend on
current device status.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
15
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 89 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
GENSET DETAIL WINDOW
When the user selects a genset device, and then clicks on detail window button the corresponding detail
is loaded.
The tabs available for this type of device are:
❑ Variables: list of variables for selected genset.
❑ Wind turbines: wind turbines associated to the genset
15.1 VARIABLES TAB
The aim of this tab is to list variables of the genset device.
Illustration 90: Variables tab for genset detail
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 90 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
15.2 WIND TURBINES TAB
The list of wind turbines that are included in genset device. For each wind turbine the following data is
displayed:
❑ State: wind turbine state
❑ Pre-hurricane mode: if wind turbine has pre-hurricane mode activated
❑ Hurricane mode: if wind turbine has hurricane mode activated
❑ WT-UYS enabled: if wind turbine has WT-UYS enabled
❑ WT-UYS configured: if wind turbine has WT-UYS configured
❑ WT-UYS available: if wind turbine has WT-UYS available
Illustration 3: Wind turbines tab for genset detail
15.3 SIDE PANEL
The following information appears on the side panel of the detail window:
❑ Device data.
As in other details of device on the top panel there is the following information:
The device name between two arrows, that allows user moving to the previous or next genset detail.
Under this name it can be seen the device type and the wind farm that owns the device separated by
“@”.
❑ Commands
A list of possible commands to be sent to the wind turbines that are included in genset:
▪
▪
▪
Safe position: disable
Safe position: prepare
Safe position: apply
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
16
REGULATION MENU OPTIONS
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 91 of 352
The Power Manager (PM) is an additional tool integrated in WindNet® PRO to provide control of the
power output of the wind farm in the grid connection point.
This manual includes information about features that are only available for certain user profiles.
This manual is not a detailed description of regulation modes and capabilities of the regulation tools. For
further information about the PM capabilities we recommend reading the general description and the
associated documentation.
As a general approach, the PM will allow active power regulation considering an external setpoint
(balance mode), a fixed administrative limitation (power limit), a frequency requirement
(Active/Frequency) and a wind ramp feature (ramp rate). And the PM will allow reactive power regulation
considering a Q setpoint, with Q(P) sub mode, a power factor setpoint (Cos Phi), with Cosphi Average
and Cosphi/P sub modes, and a Vset point with a Q/V slope or with a V Direct algorithm.
For detailed information in all regulation modes, please see the following documents:
•
•
GD180267: Power Manager UA Regulation Functionalities
GD322958: Power Manager UA Reactive Power Compensation Control Strategies
16.1 REGULATION SUMMARY
The Regulation Summary window shows a graphical view of each Power regulation unit that includes the
devices and their relationship with the other devices in the wind farm.
Illustration 91: Regulation Summary
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 92 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
The components that a graphical view contains will depend on the wind farm installation. This installation
can be hybrid, this means that it contains solar and wind technologies or, on the other hand, that only
has wind or solar technology.
Components for wind or solar technology installation:
❑ Point of Common Coupling (PCC) / Grid meter (may not exist).
❑ Regulators: There will be a maximum of two per PCC, one for the active/frequency and other
for the reactive/voltage.
❑ Setpoints.
❑ Wind turbines or inverters included in that regulation unit.
Illustration 92: Graphical view in wind technology installation
Illustration 93: Graphical view in solar technology installation
Components for hybrid technology installation:
Illustration 94: Graphical view in hybrid technology installation
❑ Point of Common Coupling (PCC): it is composed of three metering devices; the main, solar
and wind measuring devices.
❑ Regulators: There will be a maximum of two per PCC, one for the active/frequency and other
for the reactive/voltage.
❑ Setpoints.
❑ Wind turbines included in that regulation unit.
❑ Inverters included in that regulation unit.
Finally, the most common is that the measuring points are close (a single meter is used), but there are
series of facilities where both points are spaced. It is required that the regulation of reactive power (Q or
CosPhi) and the limitation of active power of the windfarm be carried out at the evacuation point, but
allow the regulation of the voltage in the outputs of the windfarm. In those cases, two metering devices
are required:
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 93 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Illustration 95: Graphical view in installation with two metering devices
The active regulation is the same and it is always associated to the main metering device, while the
reactive power is regulated using both metering devices. Even so, both metering devices are not used at
the same time, you can switch between them automatically according to the selected regulation mode:
❑ Q regulation: on the top, it is the main metering device
❑ V regulation: additional metering device. If it is not being used the arrow between the metering
device and the regulation unit is discontinuous
Point of Common Coupling (PCC) / Grid Meter
There are three types: main, solar and wind grid meter. They will be represented as the integrated
model.
Available models are:
❑ ION (available in hybrid system)
❑ SATEC (available in hybrid system)
❑ Sineax
❑ AB Power Monitor
Illustration 96: ION Metering Device
It will include information about basic measurements sent to the SCADA:
❑ Active Power (KW)
❑ Reactive Power (KVAr)
❑ Voltage (KV)
❑ Frequency (Hz)
❑ Cosphi (if available)
The states that can be represented are the following:
- Communication loss: “Comm fail” error message in cyan background. It is not possible to
communicate with the metering device
- Communication OK: lime background.
- Different error states: error text in red background.
o Power meter: no power meter data is received.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 94 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
o
o
o
o
Unbalanced V: unbalanced voltage.
Unbalanced I: unbalanced intensity
Unbalanced V and I: unbalanced voltage and intensity
Device alarm: device error that does not allow a measurement to be obtained.
If the component has an alarm, icon will be shown.
Illustration 97: ION Metering Device with alarm
The detail screen of the meter device can be accessed by clicking on the representation box.
Setpoints
Set points will be displayed on the top of the view, each one connected to its regulator with an arrow.
Each set point is represented by a rounded corner box with the current value.
Illustration 98: Set Point
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 95 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Regulators
Each regulation unit will be represented by a rounded corner box containing the following information:
- Regulator device name.
- Regulation mode: Current regulation mode.
- Regulator set point: Current regulator set point.
- Power distribution: only appears when the installation is hybrid and when the regulator is
active type. The information that shows is the percentage of the distribution of the wind and
solar power.
- Regulator status: It is represented by a text, which is included in a colored band at the
bottom of the box. Depending on the current status, the color of the band and the text will
be different:
o Disabled: Black text and gray background.
o Running: Black text and green background.
o Warning: Black text and Orange background.
o Error: White text and red background.
If regulation unit has an active alarm,
icon will be shown.
Illustration 99: Regulator with alarm
Clicking on each regulator representation you will be accessed to the corresponding detail window.
Wind Turbines
Illustration 100: Wind Turbine
Represents the wind turbines that are actually associated to the PCC, regardless of their status or
whether they are included in the regulation.
Inverters
Illustration 101: Inverters
In a hybrid system, represents the inverters that are actually associated to the PCC, regardless of their
status or whether they are included in the regulation.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 96 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
16.2 REGULATION DETAIL – ACTIVE POWER/FREQUENCY
You can access the detail window of any regulator device by clicking over its graphic representation in
the Regulation Summary window.
Illustration 102: Regulator detail window
Once loaded the detail window, you will see a view similar to the previous figure.
On the left side you can see a little summary of the set point and the metering device:
Illustration 103: Set Point and Regulator Inputs
-
Set Point: Displays the external set point value.
Regulator inputs: Displays the current measured values by the metering device for the
active power and the frequency. It will also display a warning icon in case of a
communication loss. In addition, you can navigate to its detail window by clicking on the link
button on the right side of the title.
It is worth mentioning that in a hybrid system, the regulator inputs section also includes values for:
- Solar metering device active power
- Wind metering device active power
Additionally, a new section called “Technology” (Wind Solar Hybrid) appears with the following data:
- Mode: indicates which of the three modes of power distribution is being regulated (wind
priority, solar priority or hybrid balance)
- Percentage of the solar power in hybrid balance mode
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 97 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
- Percentage of the wind power in hybrid balance mode
Solar configured %: feedback of the objective percentage of solar production in the regulator
Illustration 104: Set Point, Technology and Regulator inputs
On the middle side you can see a panel with information about the regulation modes.
Illustration 105: Regulator detail window
In this panel you can see the status of all regulation modes, and on the right column, its individual
outputs.
Depending on their status they will be represented with different colors:
- Enabled: White text.
- Disabled: Gray text.
- Currently applying: White text and border.
Available regulation modes are:
Available Power
This mode is only enabled when the rest of the modes are disabled. All the WTGs give a 100%.
Power Limit
This mode limits the maximum power that the Wind Farm can give under any circumstance.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 98 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Balance Control
This mode controls the active power output in the evacuation point through a (KW) reference.
Active Power/Frequency
This regulation mode, like Balance Control, controls the Active Power measured in the evacuation point, but
the reference depends directly on deviation form grid frequency reference.
Ramp Rate limit
If this mode is active the regulator limits the park power rise (KW/s) originated by the wind speed increase.
On the right side you can see a panel with information about the regulator.
Illustration 106: Information Panel
In this panel you can see:
❑ Header:
o
Navigation arrows: Allows navigating to the detail window for the other regulator devices in
the same PCC.
o
Device name (e.g. “AC01”).
o
Device type (e.g. “AC”).
o
Current state (see details later in this chapter).
❑ Configure button: allows navigating to the regulator configuration window.
❑ Regulation Status:
o
Regulation mode: The regulation mode that is currently applying.
o
Regulation set point: The objective output which it is being consider for regulation.
❑ WTG Status: displays wind turbine or inverter counters, depends if it is solar or wind installation,
based on their regulation state. There is an arrow on the right to access the regulator configuration
for wind turbine and inverter inclusion and exclusion.
o
Limited: number of devices running limited by the regulator.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 99 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Stopped: number of devices stopped by the regulator.
Communication error: number of devices with communication error.
Excluded: number of devices excluded from regulation.
o
o
o
❑ PV Status: visible when the system is hybrid, displays inverter counters based on their regulation
state for solar part.
o
Limited: number of PV running limited by the regulator.
o
Communication error: number of PV with communication error.
o
Excluded: number of PV excluded from regulation.
Regulator state is represented with a different background color depending on the current situation:
▪ Grey: Disabled
o Regulator is in P Available mode
▪
Red: Error
o Communication lost with metering device.
o Communication lost between SCADA and Power Manager.
o Power Manager blocked.
▪
Green: Running
o Regulator is working without related alarms and reaching the target setpoint.
Orange: Warning
o Regulator is working without reaching the target setpoint.
▪
At the bottom, there is a minimizable/maximizable panel that presents graphs related to the regulation.
Illustration 107: Minimizable/Maximizable Panel
In this panel there is a tab selector to select the desired graph, displaying the current selected tab in
white.
The available graphs are:
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 100 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Active Power:
o Signals:
- Active Power read by the regulator: Determined by the Power Manager.
- Set Point: Same as displayed on the side panel.
- Network frequency: Determined by the Power Manager.
- Base frequency: Determined by the Power Manager.
o Time Range: selector that allows to choose one of the following time ranges:
▪ Last 10 minutes
▪ Last hour
▪ Last 4 hours
▪ Last 8 hours
Illustration 108: Time Range Selector
Clicking on the graph, you may see instant values at that specific moment.
Additionally, on the right of the time range selector there is a button that allows navigating to the Trends
window.
By clicking on the graph, a line is displayed to define the selected time instant. In the legend of the right,
the value of each variable in the selected time is shown.
Illustration 109: Time instant selection
A variable can hide / show on the chart, just by clicking on the desired variable in the legend (in either of the
2 legends).
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
WindNet PRO User Manual
Illustration 110: Hide variables.
Rev: 12
Page 101 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 102 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
16.3 REGULATION CONFIGURATION – ACTIVE POWER
Whether for the Active or Reactive regulator, you can access the configuration section of the regulator by
clicking on the “Configure” button situated on the side panel of its detail window.
Illustration 111: Configuration Active Power
This window presents four tabs, one for the Active Power regulation, another one for the Frequency
Regulation, another for Sub-modes configuration and the last one for the Distribution by technology in a
hybrid system (it must be hidden when it is only solar or wind installation).
Inside these tabs there are several controls to change the different available options.
Controls can appear disabled depending on the context and other settings.
Illustration 112: Enabled controls
Illustration 113: Disabled controls
Controls that have been triggered to change the underlying settings will appear with a yellow colored
border to indicate that that setting has been modified.
Illustration 114: Changed from "Off" to "On"
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 103 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Once you have set the desired options, you must click on the “Apply Changes” button on the top
right corner to apply those settings. Once applied the settings, the yellow colored border will disappear
from all the modified controls.
Following are described the available settings on each tab:
- Active:
o Balance Control: This regulation mode limits the produced power to the target set
point. Using power ramps, the up/down power change ratio (KW/s) can be limited.
▪
▪
▪
▪
▪
▪
o
Ramp Rate: This section only allows to modify the check to enable or disable the
ramp rate.. If it is enabled, the regulator limits the wind farm power rise (KW/s)
originated by the wind speed increase.
▪
▪
o
Enabled: (On/Off) Shows if the Power Limit mode is enabled or not.
Set point (KW): Shows the current value for the Power Limit set point.
Available Power: This mode is only enabled when the rest of the modes are
disabled. All the WTGs give 100%.
▪
-
Enabled: (On/Off) Shows if the Ramp Rate Limit mode is enabled or not.
Ramp Value (KW/s): Shows the current value for the Ramp Rate Limit.
Power Limit: This section only displays the current values but does not allow
modifying any setting. It gives us the information that it has configured in the
regulator. This limit is the maximum power that the park can give under any
circumstance.
▪
▪
o
Enabled: (On/Off) Enables or disables the Balance regulation mode.
Set point: (KW). Allows setting the target set point to be applied in this
mode.
Up Ramp: (On/Off) Enables or disables the Up Ramp Limit.
Up Ramp Value (KW/s): Allows setting the value for the Up Ramp Limit.
(KW/s)
Down Ramp: (On/Off) Enables or disables the Down Ramp Limit.
Down Ramp Value (KW/s): Allows setting the value for the Down Ramp
Limit. (KW/s)
Enabled: (On/Off) Enables or disables the Available Power regulation mode.
Frequency:
o Regulation Mode – Active Power/Frequency:
▪ Enabled: (On/Off) Enables or disables the Frequency regulation mode.
▪ Droop (%): (Numeric). Allows setting the droop. This value, in percent, is
the slope to be applied in the calculations of the frequency curve. It only
applies to grid-codes with variable droop.
▪ Target Frequency (Hz): (Numeric). Allows setting the target (grid)
frequency.
o
Frequency Curve Information:
▪ Curve selector: (Combo) Allows selecting the frequency curve set to be
applied. It displays automatically the selected curve graph and other
information related to the frequency regulation. Only the pre-configured
curves for each particular wind farm are available. If the grid code is formula
based, no graph will be shown.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 104 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Illustration 115: Frequency curve configuration.
-
Submodes:
o F low P:
▪ Enabled: (On/Off) Enables or disables the F Low P mode.
▪ Set Point (%): (Numeric). Allows setting the target set point to be applied in
this mode.
▪ P Activation (kW): (Numeric).
▪ Time (seg): (Numeric).
-
Distribution by technology:
This tab only appears when the selected wind farm or promoter is a hybrid system, with wind
and solar technologies.
o WiSH mode:
▪ WiSH mode: wind priority, solar priority or hybrid balance options.
▪ Solar power distribution: a slider to set the percentage of the solar power
distribution, which only can be modified when selected mode in the previous
list is hybrid balance. The wind power percentage is the result of 100%
minus the percentage of solar power configured.
Illustration 116: WiSH configuration.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 105 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
16.4 WINDTURBINE REGULATION INCLUSION / EXCLUSION – ACTIVE POWER
This window allows checking the current state of the wind turbines and inverters associated to the
regulator and configure their inclusion and exclusion from the regulation.
Illustration 117: Regulation inclusion/exclusion window
In the main part of the window there are two differentiated sections. The first, a table layout that shows
certain information about the wind turbines associated with the regulator and a check that gives the
possibility of modifying the state of the inclusion in the regulation. In case there is no wind turbine
associated with the regulator, it is not displayed. The second is a table too, but with the associated
inverters.
Wind turbines table information:
• Name of the wind turbine
• State of the wind turbine
• Fast communication status (only visible when there is a fast architecture)
• Regulation type: conventional or fast (only visible when there is a fast architecture)
• Active power
• Producible power
• Wind speed
• Inclusion/exclusion state
Inverters table information:
• Name of the inverter
• State of the inverter
• Active power
• Irradiance
• Inclusion/exclusion state
If a WTG or inverter is excluded from regulation, it will produce all available power without any limitation
or curtailment from the SCADA.
The wind turbines and inverters displayed in the table layout can be filtered using the controls on the left
upper side of the window. It allows filtering based on the inclusion-exclusion state of each wind turbine.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 106 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
The last column of each turbine includes a control that allows both seeing the state of inclusion /
exclusion from regulation and the changes made.
Included wind turbine
Excluded wind turbine
wind turbine edited to be
included
wind turbine edited to be
excluded
As in the regulation configuration window, once modified the setting, the control will appear bordered in
yellow. To apply the changes, finally, you must click on the “Apply Changes” button and accept the
confirmation the dialog.
Finally, on the right side of the window, you can see an information panel, with exactly the same
information as in the parent detail window of the regulator, except that in this one the link button to this
window is not visible.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 107 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
16.5 REGULATION DETAIL – REACTIVE POWER
You can access the detail window of any regulator device by clicking over its graphic representation in
the Regulation Summary window.
Illustration 118: Reactive power regulator detail window.
Once loaded the detail window, you will see a view similar to the previous figure.
On the left side you can see a little summary of the setpoint and the metering device:
Illustration 119: Set Point.
-
Set point: displays the setpoint value, which can be presented in different units depending
on the current active regulation mode.
Illustration 120: Regulator Inputs.
-
Regulator inputs: displays the current values for several parameters measured by the
metering device:
o Average Voltage
o Active Power
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 108 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
o Reactive Power
o Cosphi
It will also display a warning icon in case of a communication loss.
In addition, you can navigate to its detail window by clicking on the link button on the right
side of the title.
On the middle side you can see a panel with information about the regulation modes. In this panel
you can see all the modes of regulation grouped by types of regulation. There will be five rows, four of
them representing the main types of regulation and the last one representing the regulation sub-modes.
All blocks will be divided into three parts:
- Main mode of regulation
- Detail of the active mode (if there is not an active mode, the default mode)
- Set point of the mode
Illustration 121: Regulation Mode.
All modes are unique to each other, so there will be no problem of representation, only one will be
enabled at time. Depending on their status they will be represented with different colors:
- Enabled: White text.
- Disabled: Gray text.
- Currently applying: White text and border.
In addition to the main modes, there are additional modes of reactive, called sub-modes, which can work
together with the main modes. The sub-modes can be enabled all at once, but only one can operate.
When some sub-mode is activated the block and the text will be white. Also changes the background
color.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 109 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Available regulation types and sub-modes are:
Cosphi
-
Cosphi: this mode control Wind Farm power according to a reference.
Cosphi average: mode of regulation based on a set point of Cosphi. The aim is to obtain,
cyclically, an average value of Cosphi considered in a determined period of time.
Cosphi/P: this mode controls the Wind Farm power factor depending on deviations in active
power.
Reactive Power
- Q direct: this regulation mode controls the reactive power measured in the evacuation point
according to a Q (KVAr) reference.
- Q(P): this method will automatically provide a set point of Q for the entire wind farm
depending on the active power produced by the wind farm at each moment.
Voltage
-
V direct: this regulation mode controls the voltage measured in the evacuation point
according to a voltage reference.
VQ Static: this regulation mode, like Voltage Mode, controls the voltage measured in the
evacuation point through a reactive power injection and according to a voltage reference.
But the reactive power production depends directly on deviation form grid voltage with
respect to the voltage reference.
Q Standby
In This mode there is no regulation. A fix value is sent as reference to all WTGs, without any calculation or
control loop.
Sub-modes
-
V emergency: regulates V if the voltage is out of bonds.
Q low P: change the set point of Q at low power.
S limit: limits the Q of the wind farm if the apparent power limit is exceeded.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 110 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
On the right side you can see a panel with information about the regulator.
In this panel you can see:
Illustration 122: Information Panel.
❑ Header:
o Navigation arrows: allows navigating to the detail window for the other regulator devices in the
same PCC.
o Device name (e.g. “RE01”)
o Device type (e.g. “RE”)
o Current state (see details later in this chapter)
❑ Configure button: allows navigating to the regulator configuration window.
❑ Regulation Status:
o WTGS: Shows the total reactive power requested to the wind turbine.
o If there is additional compensation equipment such as Capacitor Banks, Shunt Reactors, Variable
Shunt Reactors or STATCOM, the output to each device will be displayed in this section.
❑ WTG Status: displays wind turbine or inverter counters, depends if it is a solar or wind installation,
based on their regulation state. There is an arrow on the right to access the regulator configuration
for wind turbine inclusion and exclusion.
o Communication error: number of devices with communication error.
o Excluded: number of devices excluded from regulation.
❑ PV Status: visible when the system is hybrid, displays inverter counters based on their regulation
state for solar part.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 111 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
o
o
Communication error: number of inverters with communication error.
Excluded: number of inverters excluded from regulation.
❑ Capacitor Banks Status. There is a button that allows navigating to the Capacitors Banks detail
screen:
o CONNECTED: Show the number of CBs connected
o DISCONNECTED: Show the number of CBs disconnected
o ERROR: Show the number of CBs in anomaly
❑ Shunt Reactors Status. There is a button that allows navigating to the Shunt Reactors detail screen:
o CONNECTED: Show the number of SRs connected
o DISCONNECTED: Show the number of SRs disconnected
o ERROR: Show the number of SRs in anomaly
❑ Variable Shunt Reactors Status. There is a button that allows navigating to the Variable Shunt
Reactors detail screen:
o CONNECTED: Show the number of VSRs connected
o DISCONNECTED: Show the number of VSRs disconnected
o ERROR: Show the number of VSRs in anomaly
❑ Statcom Status. There is a button that allows navigating to the Statcom detail screen:
o MANAGED: Show the number of Statcoms managed
o UNMANAGED: Show the number of Statcoms unmanaged
o ERROR: Show the number of Statcoms in anomaly
Regulator state is represented with a different background color depending on the current situation:
▪
Grey: Disabled
o Regulator is in Q Standby mode
▪
Red: Error
o Communication lost with metering device.
o Communication lost between SCADA and Power Manager.
o Power Manager blocked.
▪
Green: Running
o Regulator is working without related alarms and reaching the target setpoint.
▪
Orange: Warning
o Regulator is working without reaching the target setpoint.
Additionally, this panel can display information about whether the regulator is operating in any of the
additional sub modes required for network code NIE.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 112 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Sub mode
Description
Sub Mode Activated
It serves to regulate the reactive/Cosphi
power of the windfarm, without worrying
about the voltage.
This mode complements the main modes
Q and Cosphi and cannot work without
these activated.
V Emergency
Regulation will be normal while the
voltage remains within a range. When
the voltage is off limits automatically
trigger an algorithm aimed at controlling
the voltage.
This algorithm is specific to this submode and independent of the control of
V direct or QV Static.
When the voltage is back on the limits it
will be automatically deactivated V
emergency mode and return to the mode
of regulation of reactive currently enabled
(Q or Cosphi).
At the bottom, there is a minimizable/maximizable panel that presents graphs related to the regulation.
Illustration 123: Minimizable/Maximizable Panel.
In this panel there is a tab selector to select the desired graph, displaying the current selected tab in
white.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 113 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
The available graphs are:
❑ Cosphi:
o Signals:
- Reactive Power.
- Set point Cosphi.
- Active Power.
- Cosphi.
- Voltage.
❑ Reactive Power:
o Signals:
- Reactive Power.
- Set point.
- Active Power.
- Voltage.
❑ Voltage:
o Signals:
- Reactive Power
- Cosphi
- Active Power
- Set Point
- Voltage
All the graphs present their curves for the selected time range.
Time range selector allows choosing one of the following time ranges:
▪ Last 10 minutes
▪ Last hour
▪ Last 4 hours
▪ Last 8 hours
Additionally, there is a button that allows navigating to the Trends window.
As it is explained on active power section, a time instant can be selected to see the values of the
variables on that moment. Also, variables can be hidden by clicking on the legend (both sides).
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 114 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
16.6 REGULATION CONFIGURATION – REACTIVE POWER
Whether for the Active or Reactive regulator, you can access the configuration of the regulator by
clicking on the “Configure” button on the side panel of its detail window.
Illustration 124: Reactive power regulation configuration window
This window presents seven tabs,
• Four for the reactive regulation modes: Cosphi, Reactive, Voltage and Q Submodes.
• Four for reactive compensation elements: Capacitor Banks, Shunt Reactors, Statcoms and
Variable Shunt Reactors.
Inside these tabs there are several controls to change the different available options.
Controls can appear disabled depending on the context and other settings.
Illustration 125: Enabled controls
Illustration 126: Disabled controls
Controls, that have been triggered to change the underlying settings, will appear with a yellow colored
border to indicate that that setting has been modified.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 115 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Illustration 127: Changed from "On" to "Off"
Once you have set the desired options, you must click on the “Apply Changes” button on the top
right corner to apply those settings. Once applied the settings, the yellow colored border will
disappear from all the modified controls.
Following are described the available settings on each regulation mode tab:
- COSPHI:
o Cosphi: The purpose of this mode is to provide the reactive power needed to obtain
the requested power factor at the evacuation point.
▪ Enabled (On/Off): Enables or disables the Cosphi regulation mode.
▪ Setpoint (Numeric): Allows setting the target setpoint to be applied in thus
mode.
o
Cosphi average: The aim is to get, cyclically, an average value of Cosphi
considered in a determined period of time.
▪ Cosphi average (On/Off): Enables or disables the average mode.
▪ Setpoint (Numeric): Allows setting the target setpoint to be applied in thus
mode.
▪ Average time (minutes): Displays the time used for calculating the average
when working in the average mode.
o
Cosphi/P: It can get the algorithm Phi cosine function of the active power of the
wind farm.
▪
▪
-
Enabled: (On/Off) Enables or disables the Cosphi/P regulation mode.
Cosphi graph: is a XY type graph with up to nine points. In the X axis the
power in % is shown, whereas in the Y axis the scaled Cosphi.
REACTIVE:
o Reactive Power: The purpose of this mode is to provide the reactive power (Q)
needed to obtain the requested setpoint at the feeder point (evacuation point).
Enabled (On/Off): Enables or disables the Reactive Power regulation mode.
Setpoint (Numeric): Allows setting the target setpoint to be applied in this
mode.
Q(P): This method will automatically provide a target set of Q for the entire wind
farm depending on the active power produced by the wind farm at any given time.
Enabled (On/Off): Enables or disables the Q(P) regulation mode.
▪ P Average time: indicator of the considered time in the average of P in
seconds.
▪ Q (P) graph: graph indicating the P/Q ratio. The X axis represents the P
(MW) of the wind farm, whereas the Y axis represents the Q (MVArs) of the
wind farm.
▪
▪
o
-
VOLTAGE: The purpose of this mode is to provide the reactive power needed for aiding to
correct a voltage deviation at the farm output.
o Voltage:
▪ Enabled (On/Off): Enables or disables the direct Voltage regulation mode.
▪ Setpoint (Numeric): Allows setting the target setpoint to be applied in this
mode.
o
Q/V: The purpose of this regulation mode is to provide a required reactive power at
the feeder point (evacuation point) based on the voltage deviation from setpoint
according to a configured table or formula.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 116 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
▪
▪
▪
-
Enabled (On/Off): Enables or disables the Q/V regulation mode.
Voltage Reference: (Numeric): Allows setting the voltage reference to be
considered in this mode.
Slope (%): Allows setting the slope of the curve.
Q SUBMODE: The purpose of this mode is to configure the Q Low P and V Emergency
modes.
o V Emergency:
▪ Enabled (On/Off): Enables or disables the V Emergency regulation mode.
o
Q Low P: The purpose of this regulation mode is to provide the functionality to
change the Q set point whenever P output is below a certain Power Threshold.
▪
▪
Regulation Options
• Enabled (On/Off): Enables or disables the Q Low P regulation mode.
• Q strategy: (text): Selected operating mode. Can be:
o Q set point in PCC
o Without regulation (set point value of the WTGs )
• WTG Production (KVAr): Q value applied.
• Active Power Low Limit (kW): P limit value.
Hysteresis configuration
• Hysteresis value (%): Hysteresis value of P.
• Time in conditions (sec): Timeout value in conditions.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 117 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
16.7 REGULATION CONFIGURATION – REACTIVE COMPENSATION DEVICES
The Gamesa regulators can handle reactive compensation devices. The operation is automatic and the
system are configured by GAMESA in the startup procedure to obtain the best results and grid-code
fulfillment for each Wind Farm, so the only configuration change allowed is the complete enable o disable the
compensation devices functionality.
Following are described the available settings showed on each compensation device tab:
•
CAPACITORS BANK CONFIGURATION TAB – REGULATION STRATEGY SECTION:
Illustration 128: CBs Configuration window – regulation strategy
o
Regulation Strategy Section
These items are general for the entire reactive regulator unit.
•
Include Cap Banks (On/Off): This switch enables or disables all the capacitors Bank
functionality. Note that this function does not connect or disconnects any device. This is
supplied only for maintenance or special operations, if the switch is in the OFF position no
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 118 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
automatic operations with Capacitors are made by the regulator, even if the set point is not
achieved.
•
Connection options section:
This section shows the elements for the CBs connection operations:
❑ Connection strategy: Shows the general strategy configured for connecting
the CBs.
• Strategies:
▪ WF Power
▪ WTG Saturation
▪ WF Power AND WTG Saturation
▪ WF Power OR WTG Saturation
▪ Q Limit
▪ WF Power AND Q Limit
▪ WF Power OR Q Limit
▪ Optibank
❑ Create gap before connecting: If Yes, the regulator smoothers the CBs
connection creating a small Gap before the connection.
❑ Limit maneuvers: If shows YES, the CBs operations are limited for the
available maneuvers in the actual period (show it on the Maneuvers section). IF
show NO there are no limits in the maneuvers used.
❑ Minimum WTG to connect: Show the minimum necessary number of WTGs
running to operate CBs. Below this number the CBs connections are blocked to
save maneuvers since is impossible achieve the reactive set point.
❑ Connection sequence: Shows the strategy configured to select the next CB to
connect.
❑ Use connection Q set point limit: If shows YES, the CBs will use the Q limit
for connection.
❑ Q limit for connection (KVAr): Shows the Q level that should produce the
wind turbines to connect the battery.
•
Disconnection options section:
This section shows the configuration for the CBs disconnect operations:
❑ Disconnection strategy: Shows the general strategy configured for disconnect
the CBs.
• Strategies:
▪ WF Power
▪ Q Limit
▪ WF Power AND Q Limit
▪ WF Power OR Q Limit
❑ Use disconnection Q set point limit: If shows YES, the CBs will use the Q
limit for disconnection.
❑ Q limit for disconnection (KVAr): Shows the Q level that should produce the
wind turbines to disconnect the battery.
❑ Q Limit Multiple enabled
•
Time Configuration section:
This section shows the configured times for the CBs operation.
❑ Time in conditions (S): Shows the minimum time with all of the connection
conditions fulfilled before the connection or disconnect operation are allowed.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 119 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Time between maneuvers of a CB(s): Shows the minimum time that can be
elapsed between operations in the same CB.
❑ Time between maneuvers of different CBs(s): Shows the minimum time
that can be elapsed between operations of different CBs.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 120 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
o Battery configuration section
This section shows the particular data and configuration for each battery in the regulator unit.
It shows one CB at time selectable by the Select battery list box:
Illustration 129: CBs Configuration window – Battery Data
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Select battery: A list-box to select the battery which data is showed in the rest of this section.
Enabled: Show if this CB can be operated by the regulator or not.
Nominal Power: Show in KVArs the CB capacity.
P connection: Show in KW the connection power configured for the CB.
P disconnection: Show in KW the disconnection power configured for the CB.
Q SP limit connection: Show in KVArs the connection set point configured for the CB.
Q SP limit disconnection: Show in KVArs the disconnection set point power configured for the
CB.
•
Maneuvers section
This section only affects if “Limit maneuvers” are set to Yes in the Strategies section:
❑ Design maneuvers: Manufacturer maximum maneuvers for the CB.
❑ Total accumulated maneuvers: Counter of the maneuvers used in the CB from
the installation date.
❑ Last maneuver: Date and time of the last CB connection operation.
❑ Life expectancy: The days left to achieve the design maneuvers, considering the
actual maneuvers configuration.
❑ Limitation period: Annual or daily. Show the period to account the maneuvers
limitation.
❑ Accumulated maneuvers: Show the actual available maneuvers in the period. It is
the result of add the maneuvers not used in past periods to the quantity available for
actual period minus the quantity spend in the actual period.
❑ Available maneuvers: Show the configured available maneuvers for each period.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
•
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 121 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
SHUNT REACTORS CONFIGURATION TAB – REGULATION STRATEGY SECTION:
Illustration 130: SRs Configuration window – regulation strategy
o
Regulation Strategy Section
This section is general for the entire reactive regulator unit.
•
Include Shunts Reactors (On/Off): This switch Enable/Disable all the SRs functionality. Note
that this function not connects or disconnects any device. This is supplied only for maintenance
or special operations. If the switch is in the OFF value no automatic operations in SRs are made
by the regulator, even if the setpoint is not achieved.
•
Connection options section:
This section shows the elements for the SRs connection operations:
❑ Connection strategy: Shows the general strategy configured for connecting
the SRs.
• Strategies:
▪ WF Power
▪ WTG Saturation
▪ WF Power AND WTG Saturation
▪ WF Power OR WTG Saturation
▪ Q Limit
▪ WF Power AND Q Limit
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 122 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Title:
▪ WF Power OR Q Limit
❑ Limit maneuvers: If YES, the SRs operations are limited for the available
maneuvers in the actual period (shown in the Maneuvers section). IF NO is
shown there are no limits in the maneuvers used.
❑ Connection sequence: Shows the strategy configured to select the next SR to
connect
❑ Use connection Q set point limit: If shows YES, the SRs will use the Q limit
for connection.
❑ Q limit for connection (KVAr): Shows the Q level that should produce the
wind turbines to connect the inductance.
•
Disconnection options section:
This section shows the elements for the SRs disconnect operations:
❑ Disconnection strategy: Shows the general strategy configured for disconnect
the SRs.
• Strategies:
▪ WF Power
▪ Q Limit
▪ WF Power AND Q Limit
▪ WF Power OR Q Limit
❑ Use disconnection Q set point limit: If shows YES, the SRs will use the Q
limit for disconnection.
❑ Q limit for disconnection (KVAr): Shows the Q level that should produce the
wind turbines to disconnect the inductance.
•
Time Configuration section:
This section shows the configured times for the SRs operation.
❑ Time in conditions (s): Shows the minimum time with all of the connection
conditions fulfilled before the connection or disconnect operation are allowed.
❑ Time between maneuvers of a SR(s): Shows the minimum time that can be
elapsed between operations in the same SR.
❑ Time between maneuvers of different SRs(s): Shows the minimum time
that can be elapsed between operations of different SRs.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
o
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 123 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Shunt Reactor configuration section
This section shows the particular data and configuration for each shunt in the regulator unit.
It shows one SR at time selectable by the Select reactor list box:
Illustration 131: SRs Configuration window – Shunts Data
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Select reactor: A list-box to select the SR which data is showed in the rest of this section
Enabled: Show if this SR can be operated by the regulator or not.
Nominal Power: Show in KVArs the SR capacity.
P connection: Show in KW the connection power configured for the SR
P disconnection: Show in KW the disconnection power configured for the SR
Q SP limit connection: Show in KVArs the connection set point configured for the SR
Q SP limit disconnection: Show in KVArs the disconnection set point power configured
for the SR
•
Maneuvers section
This section only affects if “Limit maneuvers” are set to Yes in the Strategies section:
❑ Design maneuvers: Manufacturer maximum maneuvers for the SR
❑ Total accumulated maneuvers: Counter of the maneuvers used in the SR
from the installation date.
❑ Last maneuver: Date and time of the last SR connection operation.
❑ Life expectancy: The days left to achieve the design maneuvers, considering
the actual maneuvers configuration.
❑ Limitation period: Annual or daily. Show the period to account the maneuvers
limitation.
❑ Accumulated maneuvers: Show the actual available maneuvers in the period.
It is the result of add the maneuvers not used in past periods to the quantity
available for actual period minus the quantity spend in the actual period.
❑ Available maneuvers: Show the configured available maneuvers for each
period.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
•
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 124 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
STATCOMS CONFIGURATION TAB – REGULATION STRATEGY SECTION:
Illustration 132: SRs Configuration window – regulation strategy
o
o
Regulation Strategy Section
This section is general for the entire reactive regulator unit.
•
Include Statcom (On/Off): This switch Enable/Disable all the Statcoms functionality. Note
that this function not connects or disconnects any device. This is supplied only for
maintenance or special operations. If the switch is in the OFF value no automatic operations
in Statcoms are made by the regulator, even if the set point is not achieved.
•
Regulation options section:
This section shows the elements for the Statcom connection operations:
❑ Regulation strategy: Shows the general strategy configured for Statcom
functionality.
Statcom configuration section
This section shows the particular data and configuration for each shunt in the regulator unit.
It shows one SR at time selectable by the Select reactor list box:
Illustration 133: Reactive Configuration window – Statcoms Data
•
•
•
•
Select Statcom: A list-box to select the Statcom which data is showed in the rest of this section
Enabled: Show if this Statcom can be operated by the regulator or not.
Nominal Power: Show in KVArs the Statcom capacity.
Keep Alive Timeout: Shows the time interval in seconds to wait for the signal that represents
the device keeps online.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 125 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Title:
•
Code: GD274770-en
VARIABLE SHUNT REACTORS CONFIGURATION TAB – REGULATION STRATEGY SECTION:
Illustration 134: VSRs Configuration window – regulation strategy
Regulation Strategy Section
This section is general for the entire reactive regulator unit.
o
•
Include Variable Shunt Reactors (On/Off): This switch Enable/Disable all the Variable Shunt
Reactors functionality. Note that this function not connects or disconnects any device. This is
supplied only for maintenance or special operations.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 126 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
16.8 WINDTURBINE REGULATION INCLUSION / EXCLUSION – REACTIVE POWER
This window allows checking the current state of the wind turbines and inverters associated to the
regulator and configure their inclusion and exclusion from the regulation.
Illustration 135: Regulation inclusion/exclusion window
In the main part of the window there are two differentiated sections. The first, a table layout that shows
certain information about the wind turbines associated with the regulator and a check that gives the
possibility of modifying the state of the inclusion in the regulation. In case there is no wind turbine
associated with the regulator, the table is not displayed. The second is a table too, but with the
associated inverters.
Wind turbines table information:
• Name of the wind turbine
• State of the wind turbine
• Fast communication status (only visible when there is a fast architecture)
• Regulation type: conventional or fast (only visible when there is a fast architecture)
• Reactive power
• Voltage
• Inclusion/exclusion state
Inverters table information:
• Name of the inverter
• State of the inverter
• Reactive power
• Irradiance
• Inclusion/exclusion state
If a WTG is excluded of regulation, the WTG gives Cosphi=1 / Q=0 (depending on the WTG
configuration, but the default value is Cosphi=1).
The wind turbines and inverters displayed in the table layout can be filtered using the controls on the left
upper side of the window. It allows filtering based on the inclusion-exclusion state of each wind turbine.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 127 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
All (Included and Excluded)
Wind turbines Included on the regulation
Wind turbines Excluded from the regulation
The last column of each turbine includes a control that allows both seeing the state of inclusion /
exclusion from regulation and the changes made.
Included wind turbine
Excluded wind turbine
wind turbine edited to be
included
wind turbine edited to be
excluded
As in the regulation configuration window, once modified the setting, the control will appear bordered in
yellow. To apply the changes, finally, you must click on the “Apply Changes” button and accept the
confirmation the dialog.
Finally, on the right side of the window, you can see an information panel, with exactly the same
information as in the parent detail window of the regulator, except that in this one the link button to this
window is not visible.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 128 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
16.9 REACTIVE COMPENSATION DEVICES – DETAIL WINDOW
o
Capacitor Banks
This window allows checking the current state of the capacitor banks associated to the regulator.
This screen is accessed from the 'CB details' button on the reactive regulator detail window.
Illustration 136: Capacitor Banks detail window
The main part of the window presents a table layout showing the status and other related information for
each capacitor bank associated to the regulator.
Table properties:
❑
Name: name of the capacitor bank.
❑
Open Status: If the capacitor bank is open.
❑
Closed Status: If the capacitor bank is closed.
❑
Nominal Power: Capacitor bank capacity.
❑
Open blocked: the lock is caused for opening.
❑
Close blocked: the lock is caused for closing.
❑
Error: anomaly. When an anomaly occurs, the warning icon is
table cell.
displayed in this
Finally, on the right side of the window, you can see an information panel, with exactly the same information
as in the parent detail window of the regulator, except that in this one the link button to this window is not
visible.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
o
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 129 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Shunt Reactors
This window allows checking the current state of the shunt reactors associated to the regulator.
This screen is accessed from the 'SR details' button on the reactive regulator detail window.
Illustration 137: Shunt Reactors detail window
The main part of the window presents a table layout showing the status and other related
information for each shunt reactor associated to the regulator.
Table properties:
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
Name: name of the shunt reactor.
Open Status: If the shunt reactor is open.
Closed Status: If the shunt reactor is closed.
Nominal Power: shunt reactor capacity.
Open blocked: the lock is caused for opening.
Close blocked: the lock is caused for closing.
Error: anomaly. When an anomaly occurs, the warning icon is
table cell.
displayed in this
Finally, on the right side of the window, you can see an information panel, with exactly the same
information as in the parent detail window of the regulator, except that in this one the link button to
this window is not visible.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
o
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 130 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Statcoms
This window allows checking the current state of the Statcoms associated to the regulator.
This screen is accessed from the 'Statcom details' button on the reactive regulator detail window.
Illustration 138: Statcoms detail window
The main part of the window presents a table layout showing the status and other related information for
each shunt reactor associated to the regulator.
Table properties:
❑ Name: name of the Statcom.
❑ Status: 3 statuses:
• Ok
• Comm fail
• Warning. When status is ok but Q is less than the nominal.
•
Error. When producible Q = 0 or unresponsive (keepalive).
❑ Type: 2 operating mode.
• Master. (monitored by Gamesa)
• Slave. (Stand-alone operation with customer set points)
❑ Q Available: in KVAr.
❑ Q set point: Limit of Q. in KVAr.
❑ Q Generated: in KVAr.
❑ Fast communication: this column is only visible when there is a fast architecture
installed. It could have three possible values:
• OK: when the communication is ok
• KO: when there is a communication failure with CPC
• N/A: when there is no communication with CPC
❑ Regulation type: like the “Fast communication” column, it is only visible when
there is a fast architecture installed. The possible values are:
• C: regulation by conventional communication
• F: regulation by fast communication (Profinet)
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 131 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Selecting a Statcom of the table, a list appears on the bottom with all available information about the
selected Statcom.
Illustration 139: Statcom selected information list.
Finally, on the right side of the window, you can see an information panel, with exactly the same
information as in the parent detail window of the regulator, except that in this one the link button to this
window is not visible.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
o
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 132 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Variable Shunt Reactors
This window allows checking the current state of the variable shunt reactors associated to the regulator.
This screen is accessed from the 'Variable Shunt Reactor details' button on the reactive regulator detail
window.
Illustration 140: Variable Shunt Reactor detail window
The main part of the window presents a table layout showing the status and other related information for
each variable shunt reactor associated to the regulator.
Table properties:
❑ Name: name of the variable shunt reactor.
❑ Global Status: 2 statuses:
• Ready (Green)
• Not Ready (Blue)
❑ Position Status: 2 statuses:
• OK (Green)
• Error (Red)
❑ Positioning: 2 statuses:
• OK (Green)
• Reaching SP (Orange)
❑ Q set point: Limit of Q. in KVAr.
❑ Q Generated: in KVAr.
❑ Q min: in KVar.
❑ Q max: in KVar.
❑ Open status: yes or no.
❑ Close status: yes or no.
❑ Open blocked: yes or no.
❑ Close blocked: yes or no.
❑ Anomaly: yes (red) or no (green).
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 133 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
16.10 MADE REGULATION
The MADE CCcom regulator will be integrated into WindNet® PRO, creating new types of active and
reactive regulation units using the variables provided by the CCcom.
Components for MADE installation:
❑ MADE type metering device.
❑ Regulators: There will be a maximum of two per PCC, one for the active/frequency and other
for the reactive/voltage.
❑ Setpoints.
❑ Wind turbines included in that regulation unit.
16.10.1 MADE REGULATION SUMMARY
In the MADE regulation there is a metering device of the MADE type, which gets its values, events and
errors through the CCcom by OPC. In addition, there are active and reactive regulators of the MADE type
that also obtain values from CCcom.
Therefore, there will be no changes in the regulation summary compared to a traditional one, the MADE
metering device and regulation units are integrated.
Illustration 130: Graphical view in MADE Regulation Summary
The regulator statuses are the same that in a traditional regulators and depending on the current status,
the color of the band and the text will be different:
❑ Disabled: black text and gray background.
❑ Running: black text and green background.
❑ Warning: black text and Orange background.
❑ Error: white text and red background.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 134 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
16.10.2 MADE REGULATION SETTINGS WINDOW
The user can access the settings window of any regulator device by clicking over its graphic
representation in the Regulation Summary window, provided that it has the privileges to do so (for MADE
regulators there is no detail window).
o
MADE ACTIVE POWER
In this window, the user has the option to see what the current regulation mode is, in addition, the user
also can change the active power set point.
Illustration 131: MADE Active Regulator Settings
Available regulation modes for MADE active regulator:
- Manual
- Automatic
- Remote
- Disabled
- SGIPE
- PO7.5
On the right side you can see a panel with information about the regulator:
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 135 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Illustration 132: MADE Active Regulator Settings
In this panel you can see:
❑ Header:
o Navigation arrows: allows navigating to the detail window for the other regulator devices in the
same PCC.
o Device name (e.g. “ACM01”)
o Device type (e.g. “ACM”)
o Current state
❑ Configure button: in MADE regulation this button is always disabled.
❑ Regulation inputs:
o Active power
o
MADE REACTIVE POWER
In this window, the user has the option to see what the current regulation mode is, in addition, the user
also can change the cos phi set point, the voltage reference to be considered in the current mode and
slope of the curve for Q-V static.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 136 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Illustration 133: MADE Reactive Regulator Settings
The available regulation modes for MADE reactive regulator are the same as the active regulator:
- Manual
- Automatic
- Remote
- Disabled
- SGIPE
- PO7.5
On the right side you can see a panel with information about the regulator:
Illustration 134: MADE Reactive Regulator Settings
In this panel you can see:
❑ Header:
o Navigation arrows: allows navigating to the detail window for the other regulator devices in the
same PCC.
o Device name (e.g. “REM01”)
o Device type (e.g. “REM”)
o Current state
❑ Configure button: in MADE regulation this button is always disabled.
❑ Regulation inputs:
o Active power
o Reactive power
o Power factor
o Voltage
17 ENVIRONMENTAL MENU OPTION
This menu option groups the templates related with the wind farm environmental regulation tools.
The GEM product (Gamesa Environmental Manager) manages the different environmental tools which
can be controlled from the SCADA selecting the corresponding tool.
For detailed information in all environmental regulation modes, please see the following documents:
•
GD180265: Gamesa Environmental Manager GD
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 137 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
17.1 ENVIRONMENTAL SUMMARY
In this section, we can see a summary of environmental tools that are configured in the wind farm. A
wind farm may have the following environmental regulator tools:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Noise Reduction System
Bat Shield
Wake Control
Ice Detection System
Bird Detection System
GUYS
Shadow Control System
Illustration 141: Environmental Summary.
For each environmental regulator tool there is a summary box. Each box displays regulator status
information and current regulation information.
At the top of the box, the name of the tool will be identified with an identifier and a picture/icon.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 138 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Title:
❑ Environmental regulator status. Each box shows regulator status information in two ways:
•
•
By Text: placed at the bottom of the box.
By Color Code: placed at the top and the bottom of the box.
The following table shows the different states in which an environmental regulator can be.
Text
Color
Error
Warning
Event
Online
Disabled
Environmental Regulator States
Description
- When regulator has lost communication with the
input sensors (e.g. rain sensor).
- When regulator is not working properly.
- When SCADA-Regulator communication has been
lost.
- When a % of wind turbines, more than a configured
limit, is not complying with the sent command.
When a % of wind turbines, is not complying with
the sent command. There is a limit configured for this
%.
When regulator works but has an event.
When regulator works without any event.
When regulator is disabled.
Table 6: Environmental Regulator States.
❑ Environmental regulation information. Each box displays the current information of regulator that
represents. By clicking on each box, user can navigate to current regulator detail window.
Noise Reduction System
This regulator reduces the noise in the wind farm due to wind turbines. The objective of this tool is to
limit noise emission that is produced by turbines in operation.
There are three variables that determine a possible noise curtailment: Wind speed, Wind direction and a
Timetable. In some cases, it could be a forth variable, a rain sensor.
For each wind turbine, editing date, direction and wind speed, a default noise level (and additional low
wind speeds noise reduction) will be configured.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 139 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
o
o
o
o
WTG Paused: Number of wind turbines paused by regulator.
WTG Curtailed: Number of wind turbines curtailed by regulator.
WTG Included: Number of wind turbines included in regulator.
Rain Sensor: Show the state of the Wind farm rain sensor (ON/OFF).
Bat Shield
This tool reduces the risk of damage to the bats in their flights, due to the wind turbine blade rotation.
This tool pauses selected wind turbines if environmental conditions are right for bats flights and bats may
be nearly.
It is necessary that all configured conditions (timing, sectors of wind, light limits, temperature limits, etc.)
are fulfilled for sent a pause command.
o
o
o
o
o
o
WTGs Paused: Number of wind turbines paused by regulator.
WTGs Included: Number of wind turbines included in regulator.
Brightness level: Level of light measured in a light sensor (Lumen)
Average Humidity: Wind farm humidity (%HMR).
External signal: State of a digital external signal (YES/NO) (a rain sensor for
example). If this signal is YES the Bat control did not stop any WTG.
If this feature is disabled or not available a ‘Unknown' will be displayed. Rain sensor:
value of the rain sensor (raining, no rain or unknown)
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 140 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Wake Control
The wake control tool is needed in Wind Farms where some wind turbines are too close to each other or sites
where an obstacle generates a considerable turbulence in the incoming air. In both cases, the wake of a
turbine or a blocking object may damage the turbine receiving the incoming turbulent air and it is preferable
to pause it under certain conditions. Different configurations apply for each case.
When a potential wake situation is discovered the control pause the wind turbine suffering the wake. As
wake conditions disappear, the tool automatically starts the affected turbine.
The values shown depend on the installed tools. If the tool does not exist, its associated messages does not
appear:
•
•
•
Classic wake:
o WTGs Paused: Number of wind turbines paused by wake control.
o WTGs Included: Number of wind turbines included in the wake control.
Advanced wake:
o WTGs Derated: Number of wind turbines limited by advanced wake control.
o WTGs Derated Included: Number of wind turbines included by advanced wake control.
Turbulence wake:
o WTDs Turbulence: Number of wind turbines with turbulence alarm.
o WTGs Turbulence Included: Number of wind turbines included by turbulence wake
control.
Ice Detection System
A sensor located in selected turbines detects the presence of ice. Due the high cost to install ice sensors in
the whole Wind Farm this tool protects the turbines without ice detector using the signals from the turbines
with ice sensor installed.
All the wind turbines are grouped around the available sensors with the final purpose to pause the turbines
associated with each ice sensor when ice is detected.
o
WTG with ICE: Number of wind turbines with nacelle ice alarm (included the WTGs without
sensor).
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 141 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
WTG Included: Number of wind turbines included in regulator.
Average Temperature: The average temperature of the whole wind farm.
o
o
Bird Detection System
This tool reduces the risk of damage to the birds in their flights, due to the wind turbine blade rotation.
This tool pauses selected wind turbines if sensors placed in some wind turbines detected that there are bird
flights near.
o
o
WTGs Paused: Number of wind turbines paused by Bird Detection System.
WTGs Included: Number of wind turbines included in the Bird Detection System.
GUYS Control
This regulation control required in order to ensure the integrity of WTGs’ operation on sites with potential
hurricanes risk.
The system consists of an auxiliary power supply system that is activated either automatically in case of a
fault on the main grid due to extreme weather conditions. This auxiliary power allows WTGs to maintain their
yawing capability so they can adopt a continuous safety position.
o
WTG GUYS Mode: Number of wind turbines in GUYS mode.
o
WTG Connected: Number of wind turbines connected.
o
Voltage Source: Actual WTGs voltage source, (Grid or Auxiliary power). In the cases when
this information is not available an “Unknown” text is shown.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 142 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Shadows Control
This tool pauses the wind turbines that can cause a flicker shadow (with the blades) over houses or
residential zones.
Is necessary a previous study of the near habited zones, the wind turbines position and the shadow country
normative to identify the flicker zones and the Date and time of possible shadows.
With this data and the complement of a light sensor the system is capable of fulfill the environment
normative and minimize the pause time for this cause sending pauses only when is necessary.
o WTGs Paused: Number of wind turbines paused by Shadow control.
o WTGs Included: Number of wind turbines included in the Shadow Control.
o Average lux: Value (mean) obtain by the shadow light sensor. If this information is not
available (by sensor error) a “—“ text is shown.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 143 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
17.2 ENVIRONMENTAL DETAIL
From the summary screen, user can access to the detail screen by clicking on one of the boxes
representing environmental regulators. Each environmental tool will have its detail window with
information about the regulation in progress.
In this section of the manual, we are going to explain the main and common features that this screen
has. GUYS regulator is a little different of the rest and its features will be explained in depth later.
The environmental detail window is divided in two sections:
❑ Main Section. This section shows a list with all of the wind turbines in the wind farm. It has two
tabs to display wind turbines, Devices and Map.
❑ Information Side Panel. Two types of information are included on this panel:
o Regulation Status. General information about the environmental tool.
o WT Status. Detailed information about the selected turbine in the main section.
Illustration 142: Environmental Detail
Main Section
The main section offers two views to show the status of all the turbines according to the environmental tool.
Some controls that are common to both view:
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 144 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Filtering
It is possible to filter the wind turbines list by:
• (I). Wind turbines include in the regulation.
• (E): Wind turbines excluded from the regulation.
• (*): Both of them
Apply Changes
All changes made in devices tab (inclusion/exclusion) will not have effect until ‘Apply Changes’ button has
been clicked on.
Several tabs:
❑ Devices
The format is a two columns grid with all the wind turbines of the wind farm.
Grid allows selecting some row by clicking on it. When row is selected, this row appears with a yellow
border.
If one row is selected, information about regulation of this wind turbine is shown in the right side
panel.
Illustration 143: Selected Row
There are one field in the grid that can be changed by user. This field is ‘Inclusion’ field. This field
has a check box control that represents the inclusion/exclusion of the wind turbine in the regulation.
Edited fields will remain with yellow border until ‘Apply Changes’ button is pressed.
A wind turbine excluded from the regulation will remain in the same state after being excluded.
Included wind turbine
Excluded wind turbine
wind turbine edited to be
included
wind turbine edited to be
excluded
Table 7: Inclusion/Exclusion control.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
Code: GD274770-en
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 145 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Map
In Map tab the user can see the wind turbines placed in a map.
Illustration 144: Map tab
The wind turbine shaped icon will rotate depending on the orientation value of each wind turbine.
Icon arrows indicate the wind direction.
To identify which wind turbines are included/excluded see the following table:
ICON
INCLUSION STATUS
Excluded (grey border)
Included (black border)
Table 8: Inclusion/Exclusion icons
Each icon’s background color represents the current wind turbine state. A wind turbine can be in the
following states:
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
Code: GD274770-en
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 146 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
COLOR
STATE
Emergency
Running
Running and limited
Stop
Pause by Alarm or SCADA
Pause by regulator
COM error
Manual
Table 9: Wind Turbine states in Map tab
Furthermore, of the states pointed in the previous table, a wind turbine can be in a special state
explained in the following table:
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 147 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
STATE
ICON
Wind turbine is running and included by regulator.
Wind turbine is running and does not accomplish the noise level or the
pause sent by the regulator.
Wind turbine is running and limited by the current regulator.
Wind turbine is running and limited by another regulator that it is not the
current.
Wind turbine is paused by the current regulation tool.
Wind turbine is paused by another regulation tool.
Table 10: Wind Turbine states in Map tab
In Map tab user can select a wind turbine as is done in the grid. When a wind turbine is selected, it
may appear on the side panel information referred to it.
To aid user in the navigation over the map, there some controls:
Zoom Level
By clicking on these two buttons placed in the left top of the map, zoom in and zoom out can
be done. Four zoom level are available.
Switch Map View
Switch the view to Earth view.
Switch the view to Map view.
Mini Map
This control is a simple Mini Map to aid with navigation.
Shows the center of the map
Hide Mini Map
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 148 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Information Side Panel
The right side panel displays information about the current regulator, the current regulation and the selected
wind turbine.
Illustration 145: Information Side Panel
The side panel is divided in several sections:
•
Regulator information. Displays information about current regulator.
o Regulator Name.
o Regulator Type. There are several types:
▪ NO (Noise Reduction System)
▪ BAT (Bat Shield)
▪ WA (Wake Control)
▪ IDS (Ice Detection System)
▪ BDS (Bird Detection System)
▪ GUYS (Guys)
▪ SH (Shadow Control)
o Regulator Status. To see the different states associated with an environmental regulator,
please check the Environmental Regulator States table.
The right and left arrows is used to navigate between the different environmental
regulators.
•
•
•
Regulation status. Displays information about the regulation.
Configure button. It allows navigating to the configuration window.
Wind turbine status. When user select a wind turbine in the view of List or Map, information
related the device is shown in this section of the panel. This information is not available for all
regulators.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 149 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
17.2.1 NOISE REDUCTION SYSTEM DETAIL WINDOW
By clicking on the Noise Reduction System box at the environmental summary window, the user will
navigate to a detail window. This window displays information about regulation by noise and enables
the user to change wind turbines inclusion or exclusion from the regulation. In addition, the user can
navigate to the environmental configuration window by clicking on the ‘Configure’ button.
❑ Devices
Illustration 146: Noise detail Window
In this view the main section displays a grid with all the wind turbines configured in the wind farm.
The fields that the grid shows are:
•
Name of wind turbine.
•
State of wind turbine. For more information, go to Monitoring section.
•
Active Power in KW.
•
Wind Direction in degrees (º). The value is the sum of the data received from the wind
turbine, nacelle orientation and wind direction (misalignment with respect to the wind). This value
will be only nacelle orientation if wind direction is not provided by the turbine.
•
Wind Speed in m/s. In case the filter is active, filtered value will be displayed.
•
Noise Level sent by wind turbine.
•
dB: the noise level in decibels associated with the wind turbine model and the noise level
read from the wind turbine. If there is no limitation for noise, the value of the field is categorized as
“Full power”, while if there is no data, the column has the value “—".
•
Inclusion status. It points to whether wind turbine is included or not.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 150 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Map
Illustration 147: Map in noise detail window
In this view, wind turbines will be displayed distributed by the map.
As in the devices tab, user can select a wind turbine in order to see information about it on the right side
panel. Map has some controls to aid the user to navigate over the map. More information about these
controls is available at the Environmental Detail section.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 151 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Information Side Panel
In the right side panel, information about noise regulation is displayed. If user selects a wind turbine,
information about the selected wind turbine will also be displayed (WT Status).
In order, as shown in illustration:
• Name of noise Regulator
• Type of regulator. NO for Noise
Reduction System Regulator.
• Regulator Status.
Information about general regulation status.
• Rain Sensor Status (ON/OFF).
Click to navigate to configuration window.
Noise configuration of selected wind turbine.
Active Sector
Wind direction in degrees.
• From
• To
• Hysteresis
Active WindSpeed Bin
Wind speed in m/s.
• From
• To
• Hysteresis
General
• Required Level based on current
conditions
• The decibels that correspond to required
level field (dB value, “Full power” or “—
")
Active Period
Period in which the current configuration is
applied
Table 11: Noise Information Side Panel
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 152 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
17.2.2 BAT SHIELD DETAIL WINDOW
By clicking on the Bat Shield box at the environmental summary window, user will navigate to a detail
window. This window displays information about regulation by Bat Shield and let user change wind
turbines inclusion or exclusion from regulation. In addition, the user can navigate to the environmental
configuration window by clicking on the ‘Configure’ button.
❑ Devices
Illustration 148: Bat Shield detail Window
In this view the main section displays a grid with all the wind turbines configured in the wind farm.
The fields, that the grid shows, are:
•
•
•
•
Name of wind turbine.
State of wind turbine. For more information, go to Monitoring section.
Active Power in KW.
Wind Direction in degrees (º). The value is the sum of the data received from the wind
•
•
•
turbine, nacelle orientation and wind direction (misalignment with respect to the wind).
Wind Speed in m/s. In case the filter is active, filtered value will be displayed.
Temperature in ºC. Ambient temperature measured by wind turbine.
Inclusion status. It points to whether wind turbine is included or not.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 153 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Map
Illustration 149: Map in Bat Shield detail Window
In this view, wind turbines will be displayed distributed by the map.
As in the devices tab, user can select a wind turbine in order to see information about it at the right
side panel. User also can filter displayed wind turbines by the inclusion/exclusion filter. Map has
some controls to aid user to navigate over the map. To know more about this controls go to
Environmental Detail section.
❑ Information Side Panel
In the right side panel, information about bat regulation is displayed. If user selects a wind turbine,
information about the selected wind turbine will also be displayed (WT Status).
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 154 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Information Side Panel
In order, as shown in illustration:
• Name of Bat Regulator
• Type of regulator. Bat for Bat Shield Regulator.
• Regulator Status.
Information about general regulation status.
• Brightness level (Lumen).
• Average Humidity (%HMR).
• External signal (ON/OFF).
• Rain sensor (Raining, no rain, unknown)
Click to navigate to configuration window.
Bat configuration of selected wind turbine.
Active Sector
Wind direction in degrees.
• From
• To
• Hysteresis
Active WindSpeed Bin
Wind speed in m/s.
• From
• To
• Hysteresis
General
• Required Action based on current conditions
Active Period
Period in which the current configuration is applied
Table 12: BAT Information Side Panel
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 155 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
17.2.3 WAKE CONTROL DETAIL WINDOW
By clicking on the Wake Control box at the environmental summary window, user will navigate to a
detail window. This window displays information about regulation by wake and let user change wind
turbines inclusion or exclusion from regulation. In the case of the wake, depending on which wake
tools are installed, the tabs shown are different. That is, there is a tab with devices for each wake
tool installed and a map tab.
In addition, user can navigate to the environmental configuration window by clicking on the
‘Configure’ button.
❑ Wake devices
Illustration 150: Wake control detail Window
This tab is visible when classic wake control tool is installed. In this view the main section displays a
grid with all the wind turbines configured in the wind farm.
The fields that the grid shows are the following:
•
•
•
•
Name of wind turbine.
State of wind turbine. For more information, go to Monitoring section.
Active Power in KW.
Wind Direction in degrees (º). The value is the sum of the data received from the wind
•
•
•
turbine, nacelle orientation and wind direction (misalignment with respect to the wind).
Wind Speed in m/s. In case the filter is active, filtered value will be displayed.
Wake By. Generated by a wind turbine or obstacle.
Inclusion status. It points to whether wind turbine is included or not.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 156 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Advanced devices
Illustration 151: Advanced wake control detail Window
This tab is visible when advanced wake control tool is installed. In this view the main section displays
a grid with all the wind turbines configured in the wind farm. It is worth mentioning that include and
exclude filters do not apply in this tab, so they are disabled. The fields that the grid shows are the
following:
•
•
•
Name of wind turbine.
State of wind turbine. For more information, go to Monitoring section.
Advanced WTG state. In green when the wind turbine is not limited, or orange when it is
limited.
•
•
Active Power in KW.
Wind Direction in degrees (º). The value is the sum of the data received from the wind
turbine, nacelle orientation and wind direction (misalignment with respect to the wind).
Wind Speed in m/s. In case the filter is active, filtered value will be displayed.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 157 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Turbulence devices
Illustration 152: Turbulence wake control detail Window
This tab is visible when turbulence wake control tool is installed. In this view the main section
displays a grid with all the wind turbines configured in the wind farm. It is worth mentioning that
include and exclude filters do not apply in this tab, so they are disabled. The fields that the grid
shows are the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Name of wind turbine.
State of wind turbine. For more information, go to Monitoring section.
Turbulence state. The value depends on the state of turbulence and the activation of the
turbulence alarm. If the state is not enabled, the text “Off” appears on a gray background.
On the contrary, if it is enabled and there is no alarm activated, “On” is shown on a green
background or the text “Turbulence” on an orange background when the turbulence alarm is
active.
WTG turbulence. Turbulence measurement in WTG.
Turbulence limit. Maximum turbulence allowed at that time for the WTG.
Active Power in KW.
Wind Direction in degrees (º). The value is the sum of the data received from the wind
turbine, nacelle orientation and wind direction (misalignment with respect to the wind).
Wind Speed in m/s. In case the filter is active, filtered value will be displayed.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 158 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Map
Illustration 153: Map in Wake control detail Window
In this view, wind turbines will be displayed distributed by the map.
If a wind turbine is affected by any of the three wake tools, it is represented by a single icon. The
priority to show the icon is as follows:
• Turbulence icon: if the wind turbine has active the turbulence alarm.
• Classic wake icon: if the wind turbine is paused by classic wake tool.
• Derated icon: if the wind turbine is derated mode.
As in the devices tab, user can select a wind turbine in order to see information about it at the right
side panel. User also can filter displayed wind turbines by the inclusion/exclusion filter. Map has
some controls to aid user to navigate over the map. To know more about this controls go to
Environmental Detail section.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 159 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Information Side Panel
In the right side panel, information about wake regulation is displayed. If user selects a wind turbine,
information about the selected wind turbine will also be displayed (WT Status).
❑ Information Side Panel:
In order, as shown at illustration:
• Name of wake regulator.
• Type of regulator. WA for wake control Regulator.
• Regulator Status. The state of the three tools is
taken into account.
Click to navigate to configuration window.
A block is shown for each wake tool configured.
The first line of each group is the status of each wake tool,
as indicated by the tool status and feedback.
Wake
• Status
• WTG paused
• WTG included4
Advanced wake
• Status
• WTG derated
• WTG derated included
Turbulence wake
• Status
• WTG turbulence
• WTG turbulence included
Wake configuration of selected wind turbine when classic
wake tab is selected.
Active Sector
Wind direction in degrees.
• From
• To
• Hysteresis
Active WindSpeed Bin
Wind speed in m/s.
• From
• To
• Hysteresis
General
• Required Action based on current conditions
• Wake by, the authorship of the wake. Can be by:
o Fixed obstacle
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
Code: GD274770-en
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 160 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
o
Wind turbine
Wake configuration of selected wind turbine when turbulence
wake tab is selected.
Active Sector
Wind direction in degrees.
• From
• To
• Hysteresis
Active WindSpeed Bin
Wind speed in m/s.
• From
• To
• Hysteresis
General
• Maximum turbulence
• Turbulence warning: activated or not
Table 13: Wake Information Side Panel
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 161 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
17.2.4 ICE DETECTION SYSTEM DETAIL WINDOW
By clicking on the Ice Detection System box at the environmental summary window, user will navigate to
a detail window. This window displays information about regulation by ice detection and let user change
wind turbines inclusion or exclusion from regulation. In addition, user can navigate to the environmental
configuration window by clicking on the ‘Configure’ button.
❑ Devices
Illustration 154: Ice Detection detail Window
In this view the main section displays a grid with all the wind turbines configured in the wind farm.
The fields that the grid shows are the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Name of wind turbine.
State of wind turbine. For more information, go to Monitoring section.
Sensor in WTG. (NO/YES) It indicates if the ice sensor is considered installed on the device.
Temperature in ºC. Ambient temperature measured by the wind turbine.
Ice Alarm (NO/YES). It indicates if there is an alarm for possible ice on blades.
Inclusion status. It points to whether wind turbine is included or not.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 162 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Map
Illustration 155: Ice Icon on Wind Turbines
In this view, wind turbines will be displayed distributed by the map.
As in the devices tab, the user can select a wind turbine in order to see information about it at the
right side panel. The user can also filter displayed wind turbines by the inclusion/exclusion filter. Map
has some controls to aid user to navigate over the map. To know more about this controls go to
Environmental Detail section.
If there is an ice sensor associated with a wind turbine, this will be displayed with an icon next to the
icon of the wind turbine. This icon will show the following states:
Sensor is included in WTG and Ice is not detected.
Sensor is excluded in WTG and Ice is not detected.
Sensor is included in WTG and Ice is detected.
Sensor is excluded in WTG and Ice is detected.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 163 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Information Side Panel
In the right side panel, information about ice regulation is displayed. If user selects a wind turbine,
information about the selected wind turbine will also be displayed (WT Status).
In order, as shown at illustration:
• Name of ice regulator.
• Type of regulator. IDS for ice detection system
Regulator.
• Regulator Status.
Information about general regulation status.
• Average Temperature (Ice Detection System
average)
Click to navigate to configuration window.
Ice configuration of selected wind turbine.
Temperature
• WTG temperature limit. Temperature limit set in the
wind turbine as a condition for activating the ice
alarm.
• Temperature status (In Range/Out of Range). It
indicates whether the wind turbine is within the
range of defined temperatures.
Table 14: Ice Information Side Panel
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 164 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
17.2.5 BIRD DETECTION SYSTEM DETAIL WINDOW
By clicking on the Bird Detection box at the environmental summary window, user will navigate to a
detail window. This window displays information about regulation by birds and let user change wind
turbines inclusion or exclusion from regulation. In addition, bird sensor of each wind turbine can be
also included or excluded. Finally, user can navigate to the environmental configuration window by
clicking on the ‘Configure’ button.
❑ Devices
Illustration 156: Bird Detection Detail Window
In this view the main section displays a grid with the wind turbines configured in the wind farm for
this regulator.
The fields that the grid shows are the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Name of wind turbine.
State of wind turbine. For more information, go to Monitoring section.
Bird Detected (Yes/No value). It shows if the sensor has detected bird flights.
Sensor in WTG (Yes/No value). It indicates the presence of the sensor at the wind turbine.
Paused by. It indicates which detector has stopped the wind turbine.
Sensor Included. Sensor Inclusion/Exclusion control. If the wind turbine does not have a
•
detector, the user does not have the possibility to exclude it.
Inclusion status. It points to whether wind turbine is included or not.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 165 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Map
Illustration 157: Map in Bird Detection Detail Window
In this view, wind turbines will be displayed distributed by the map.
As in the devices tab, user can select a wind turbine in order to see information about it at the right
side panel. User also can filter displayed wind turbines by the inclusion/exclusion filter. Map has
some controls to aid user to navigate over the map. To know more about this controls go to
Environmental Detail section.
If there is a bird sensor associated with a wind turbine, this will be displayed with an icon next to the
icon of the wind turbine. This icon will show the following states:
Sensor is included in WTG and Bird is not detected.
Sensor is excluded in WTG and Bird is not detected.
Sensor is included in WTG and Bird is detected.
Sensor is excluded in WTG and Bird is detected.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 166 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Information Side Panel
In the right side panel, information about Bird Detection regulation is displayed. If user selects a
wind turbine, information about the selected wind turbine will also be displayed (WT Status).
In order, as shown at illustration:
• Name of BIRD regulator.
• Type of regulator. BDS for Bird Detection Regulator.
• Regulator Status.
Regulation Status
•
•
WTG Paused. Number of WTG paused by tool.
WTG Included. Number of WTG included in tool.
Click to navigate to configuration window.
Table 16: Bird Information Side Panel
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 167 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
17.2.6 GUYS SYSTEM DETAIL WINDOW
By clicking on the GUYS box at the environmental summary window, user will navigate to a detail window.
This window displays information about regulation by GUYS. In addition, user can navigate to the
environmental configuration window by clicking on the ‘Configure’ button
There are two possible states regarding WF power supply: Fed through main electrical grid or fed
through Diesel Generators. Parallel operation of both sources is not feasible.
•
Fed through mains grid: Typical operation of WTGs.
•
Fed through Diesel Generators (GUYS ), which has the following implications:
• WTG Yawing enabled.
• PLC Alive.
• Auxiliary LV system alive (lights, heating, etc…).
• Hydraulic group pressure maintained.
• Reference to GND required → Reactor at substation for reference.
• Sequential activation of WTGs required due to Inrush currents.
• WTGs must not produce power.
• Electric supply quality is more unstable than with a normal grid → Voltage/frequency variations
→ Alarms to be considered.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
17.2.6.1
GUYS LAYOUT
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 168 of 352
Illustration 158: Guys Layout
This window divides in three parts:
• A top panel always visible and common to all GUYS screens,
• A side panel always visible and with some common parts to all GUYS screen
• A central panel with layout or turbine list view.
Illustration 159: Guys Header
The top panel includes two emergency buttons on the left, information boxes about the GUYS mode and
actions taking place in the current sequence and an icon to switch between layout and turbine list view.
Button
Action
MERGENCY STOP: Press button to stop all GUYS operations. If sequence has been
stopped, the button will be shown as RUN and the user will be able to press it to restart
GUYS operation.
The user can force the execution of an automatic sequence in order to get the
“connected to the grid” state.
The side panel provides additional information about GUYS performance and includes the commands combo:
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 169 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Area
Description
In order, as shown at illustration:
• Name of GUYS regulator.
• Regulator Status.
WTG status:
• Number of turbines in Pre Notice.
• Number of turbines in Grid Source Diesel.
• Number of turbines in GUYS
Click to navigate to configuration window.
Notifications: Where GUYS controller alarms are displayed
and allow user to go to the Active Alarms screen.
Commands: The commands that display are determined by
the regulation mode: Each regulation mode has different
command options (only operable when the
GUYS_SET_BLOCK signal is not received).
The main central part of the window shows the substation layout including the high and low voltage positions
and the Diesel Generators:
In Automatic and Manual mode, this layout is only intended for monitoring purposes.
Maintenance mode enables the possibility to operate the low voltage positions.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
17.2.6.2
GUYS WINTURBINE LIST
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 170 of 352
From the summary screen, user can access to the detail screen by clicking on the “Devices” tab:
Illustration 160: Guys Wind Turbine List
The central panel shows the list of turbines and its status in the GUYS tool. Each turbine will display the
following information:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Name of wind turbine.
Wind Turbine state.
GUYS mode: At this point It is displaying GUYS mode according to the following color codes:
• Black: Wind Turbine with GUYS mode activated.
• Dark gray: Ready to change from grid to Diesel.
• Light gray: Wind turbine in GUYS Pre Notice.
• White: Wind Turbine with GUYS mode disabled.
Voltage.
Wind Speed (m/s).
Cell Status: Wind turbine status as a text value:
o 0: Undefined, orange background color
o 1: Open, red background color
o 2: Close, green background color
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 171 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
17.2.7 SHADOW CONTROL DETAIL WINDOW
By clicking on the Shadow Control box at the environmental summary window, user will navigate to a
detail window. This window displays information about the Shadow Control tool. In addition, the user can
navigate to the environmental configuration window by clicking on the ‘Configure’ button.
In this tool is not allowed the exclusion/inclusion of wind turbines due if only one WTG are excluded the
whole Wind Farm cannot fulfill the shadow normative. The operator can disable the entire tool at any
time in the configuration screen if is necessary.
❑ Devices
Illustration 161: Shadow Control Detail Window
In this view the main section displays a grid with all the wind turbines configured in the wind farm.
The fields, that the grid shows, are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Name of wind turbine.
State of wind turbine. For more information, go to Monitoring section.
Active Power in KW.
Wind Speed in m/s. In case the filter is active, filtered value will be displayed.
Solar irradiation in w/m2.
Sunshine. If sensor detects sunshine.
Paused Time in h since the system startup.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 172 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Map
Illustration 162: Map in Shadow Control Detail Window
In this view, wind turbines will be displayed distributed by the map.
As in the devices tab, user can select a wind turbine in order to see information about it at the right
side panel. Map has some controls to aid user to navigate over the map. To know more about this
controls go to Environmental Detail section.
❑ Information Side Panel
In the right side panel, information about shadow regulation is displayed. If user selects a wind
turbine, information about the selected wind turbine will also be displayed (WT Status).
In order, as shown in illustration:
• Name of Shadow Control
• Type of regulator. SH for Shadow control.
• Regulator Status.
Information about light and shadows status.
• Sunshine instantaneous (Yes/No)
• Sunshine Media (Yes/No).
• Instantaneous light value from the Shadow light
sensor
• Media of the light measures from the shadow light
sensor
Click to navigate to configuration window.
Table 15: Shadow Information Side Panel
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 173 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
17.3 ENVIRONMENTAL CONFIGURATION
The configuration screen for environmental regulators consists of three distinct parts.
❑ General Configuration: For global environmental parameter setting.
❑ Regulation Details Configuration Tabs: For specific toll parameter settings.
❑ Information side Panel: This panel shows information about the current regulation that is
applying in the wind farm.
This screen has the same structure for all the environmental tools, except for Guys regulator that will be
explained on the GUYS configuration Window.
To access to this screen, user has to click on ‘Configure’ button on environmental detail window.
To return back to the detail window screen, click on the button placed at left of the screen.
Illustration 163: Return back button
17.3.1 NOISE REDUCTION SYSTEM CONFIGURATION WINDOW
Configuration screen for Noise Reduction System is showed in the following figure:
Illustration 164: Noise Reduction System Configuration Window
❑ General Configuration
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 174 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Title:
Illustration 165: Noise Reduction System General Configuration
In this section, user can configure the following regulation parameters:
•
Enabled. This control can enable or disable the noise regulator.
Icon
Description
Noise Regulator Enabled.
Noise Regulator Disabled.
Table 16: Noise Regulator Enable/Disable Control
Clicking on this control, user can enable/disable noise regulator. When this control is clicked,
a confirmation window appears to ask action confirmation.
Illustration 166: Regulator Enable/Disable Confirmation Window
•
Filter Samples Wind Speed Number. The wind speed used is filtered to a smoother operation.
This value indicates the number of samples of the wind speed filter. A value of 1 turns off the filter
operation.
❑ Regulation Details Configuration Tabs
In this section, user can see and modify regulation configuration for all wind turbines that are controlled
by noise regulator.
User can see the parameters that are configured in the GEM manager.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 175 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Title:
Illustration 167: Regulation Details Configuration Tabs
•
•
•
WTG Selector. Selector to select which wind turbine configuration wants to be shown and
modified.
Sublevel. It indicates whether the noise control at low winds is enabled.
Wind Turbine Hysteresis. The algorithm checks the conditions of wind direction and speed to
determine whether to adjust the wind turbine. These limits have hysteresis values which will be
displayed in this section. The values displayed will be referred to previously selected wind turbine.
o Wind Direction (º)
o Wind Speed (m/s)
•
•
North Sensor. The algorithm used allows enabling several options for correcting north
sensor data for the wind turbine. This section displays which options are enabled. Also
option settings are displayed:
o Correction factor. It indicates state (On/Off) and configured value (º).
o Correction Limits. It indicates state (On/Off) and the maximum and minimum
values (º).
o 360º Module. It indicates state (On/Off).
o Smart Correction. It indicates state (On/Off) and the maximum and minimum
values (º).
Noise Level. In this section, the noise levels set for the selected wind turbine are
shown. Previously, it will require a selection of any pre-configured period.
o Period. Selector with the preconfigured periods. Periods are configured in GEM
manager.
o Days. Days configured in the selected period.
o From. Period start date. User date and time format is used.
o To. Period end date. User date and time format is used.
After selecting the period, noise level configuration will summarize in a table with the
following format:
Illustration 168: Noise level configuration table.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 176 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Table columns are wind bins (m/s) period associated.
Table rows are wind direction (º) sectors period associated.
Each table cell contains a selector with the possible combinations of noise level / sublevel /
dB value.
The table configuration can be changed by user. When user changes the configuration, all
the selectors that have changed are displayed with a brand color border.
Illustration 169: Edited Selector.
Example: In the first case, when wind direction is from 0º to 119,9º and wind speed is from 0 m/s to 9,9m/s,
noise level is FP – C Full Power, this level is configured in the manager. And for this level there are
consequences like stop WTG.
The changes made in this table will not apply until user clicks on ‘Apply Changes’ button, placed on the top
left of the screen. When user clicks on this button, a confirmation window appears to ask action confirmation.
This changes on configuration can be made even the regulator is disabled.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 177 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Information side Panel
This panel is the same as explained in the section Noise Reduction System Detail
Window.
Illustration 170: Noise side panel.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 178 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
17.3.2 BAT SHIELD CONFIGURATION WINDOW
Configuration screen for Bat Shield is showed in the following figure:
Illustration 171: Bat Shield Configuration Window.
❑
General Configuration
Illustration 172: Bat Shield General Configuration
In this section, user can configure the following regulation parameters:
•
Enabled. This control can enable or disable bat regulator.
Icon
Description
Bat Regulator Enabled.
Bat Regulator Disabled.
Table 17: Bat Regulator Enable/Disable Control
Clicking on this control, user can enable/disable bat regulator. When this control is clicked, a
confirmation window appears to ask action confirmation.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 179 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Title:
Illustration 173: Regulator Enable/Disable Confirmation Window
•
Filter Samples Wind Speed Number. The wind speed used is filtered to a smoother
operation. This value indicates the number of samples of the wind speed filter. A value of
1 turns off the filter operation.
❑ Regulation Details Configuration Tabs
In this section, user can see regulation configuration for all wind turbines that are controlled by bat
regulator and specific configuration for regulator.
WTG Tab
Illustration 174: WTG Tab
•
•
•
•
WTG Selector. Selector to select which wind turbine configuration wants to be shown.
Wind Turbine Hysteresis. The algorithm checks the conditions of wind direction and speed to
determine whether to adjust the wind turbine. These limits have hysteresis values which will be
displayed in this section. The values displayed will be referenced to previously selected wind turbine.
o Wind Direction (º)
o Wind Speed (m/s)
North Sensor. The algorithm used allows enabling several options for correcting north sensor data
for the wind turbine. This section displays which options are enabled. Also option settings are
displayed:
o Correction factor. It indicates state (On/Off) and configured value (º).
o Correction Limits. It indicates state (On/Off) and the maximum and minimum values (º).
o 360º Module. It indicates state (On/Off).
o Smart Correction. It indicates state (On/Off) and the maximum and minimum values (º).
Actions. In this section, the actions set for the selected wind turbine are shown. Previously, it will
require a selection of any pre-configured period.
o Period. Selector with the preconfigured periods.
o Days. Days configured in the selected period.
o From. Period start date. User date and time format is used.
o To. Period end date. User date and time format is used.
After selecting the period, bat actions configuration will summarize in a table with the following format:
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 180 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Illustration 175: Bat actions configuration table.
Table columns are wind bins (m/s) period associated.
Table rows are wind direction sectors (º) period associated.
Each table cell contains a text with the configured value.
The table configuration cannot be changed by user.
This screen only shows the manager configuration.
BAT Tab
This tab shows global configuration of the sensors related with the Bat regulation in the wind farm. It is only
for information.
The conditions of the sensors are associated to each period of the calendar. To show the information of a
specific period, just select it from the list of available periods.
Illustration 176: BAT configuration Tab.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Temperature Sensor (ºC)
Light sensor (Lumen)
Humidity (%RH)
External signal
Rain sensor
For “External signal” and “Rain sensor” only the state of sensor is displayed, “Yes” or “No”. On the other
hand, for the rest of sensors, in addition to the state, when the state has the value of “Yes”, the current limit
value and the hysteresis are displayed.
❑ Information side Panel
This panel is the same as explained in the section Bat Shield Detail Window.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
Illustration 177: BAT side panel.
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 181 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 182 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
17.3.3 WAKE CONTROL CONFIGURATION WINDOW
A tab is displayed for each installed wake control tool, so configuration screen for Wake Control is
showed in the following figure:
Illustration 178: Wake Control Configuration Window.
WAKE Tab
In this section, user can see regulation configuration for all wind turbines that are controlled by classic wake
tool and specific configuration for this.
Illustration 179: Wake Control General Configuration.
The user can configure the following regulation parameters:
•
Enabled. This control can enable or disable classic wake regulator.
Icon
Description
Wake Regulator Enabled.
Wake Regulator Disabled.
Table 18: Wake Regulator Enable/Disable Control
The changes made will not apply until user clicks on ‘Apply Changes’ button, placed on the top left of the
screen. When user clicks on this button, a confirmation window appears to ask action confirmation.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 183 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Illustration 180: Regulator Enable/Disable Confirmation Window
•
•
•
•
•
Filter Samples Wind Speed Number. The wind speed used is filtered to a smoother
operation. This value indicates the number of samples of the wind speed filter. A value of
1 turns off the filter operation.
WTG Selector. Selector to select which wind turbine configuration wants to be shown.
Wind Turbine Hysteresis. The algorithm checks the conditions of wind direction and
speed to determine whether to adjust the wind turbine. These limits have hysteresis
values which will be displayed in this section. The values displayed will be referenced to
previously selected wind turbine.
o Wind Direction (º)
o Wind Speed (m/s)
North Sensor. The algorithm used allows enabling several options for correcting north
sensor data for the wind turbine. This section displays which options are enabled. Also
option settings are displayed:
o Correction factor. It indicates state (On/Off) and configured value (º).
o Correction Limits. It indicates state (On/Off) and the maximum and minimum
values (º).
o 360º Module. It indicates state (On/Off).
o Smart Correction. It indicates state (On/Off) and the maximum and minimum
values (º).
Wakes. In this section, there are two elements:
o Strategy selector. Selector with two odds to select: Fixed Obstacle or Adjacent
Obstacle (Wind Turbine). In most cases there is only one configured.
o Sectors/Bins Table. Sectors and wind bins where turbulence can be received
through the chosen strategy. In the case of not receiving turbulence, it will
indicate ‘Run’ value to indicate there is no regulation in these scenarios.
After selecting the period, wakes configuration will summarize in a table with the following
format:
Illustration 181: Wakes configuration table.
Table columns are wind bins (m/s) period associated.
Table rows are wind direction sectors (º) period associated.
Each table cell contains a text with the configured value.
The table configuration cannot be changed by user.
❑ Information side Panel
This panel is the same as explained in the section Wake Control Detail Window.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 184 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Illustration 182: Wake side panel.
ADV. WAKE Tab
The only operation available in the configuration of advanced wake tool is enable/disable the tool.
Illustration 183: Advanced Wake Control Configuration Window.
❑ Information side Panel
This panel is the same as explained in the section Advanced Wake Control Detail
Window.
Illustration 184: Advanced Wake side panel.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 185 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
TURBULENCE WAKE Tab
In this section, user can see regulation configuration for all wind turbines that are controlled by turbulence
wake tool and specific configuration for this.
Illustration 185: Turbulence Wake Control General Configuration.
The user can configure the following regulation parameters:
•
Enabled. This control can enable or disable classic wake regulator.
Icon
Description
Wake Regulator Enabled.
Wake Regulator Disabled.
Table 19: Wake Regulator Enable/Disable Control
The changes made will not apply until user clicks on ‘Apply Changes’ button, placed on the top left of the
screen. When user clicks on this button, a confirmation window appears to ask action confirmation.
Illustration 186: Regulator Enable/Disable Confirmation Window
•
•
•
Filter Samples Wind Speed Number. The wind speed used is filtered to a smoother
operation. This value indicates the number of samples of the wind speed filter. A value of
1 turns off the filter operation.
Hysteresis value. Turbulence change hysteresis.
WTG Selector. Selector to select which wind turbine configuration wants to be shown.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 186 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
•
•
•
Wind Turbine Hysteresis. The algorithm checks the conditions of wind direction and
speed to determine whether to adjust the wind turbine. These limits have hysteresis
values which will be displayed in this section. The values displayed will be referenced to
previously selected wind turbine.
o Wind Direction (º)
o Wind Speed (m/s)
North Sensor. The algorithm used allows enabling several options for correcting north
sensor data for the wind turbine. This section displays which options are enabled. Also
option settings are displayed:
o Correction factor. It indicates state (On/Off) and configured value (º).
o Correction Limits. It indicates state (On/Off) and the maximum and minimum
values (º).
o 360º Module. It indicates state (On/Off).
o Smart Correction. It indicates state (On/Off) and the maximum and minimum
values (º).
Maximum level of turbulence. In this section:
o Sectors/Bins Table. Maximum turbulence level by sectors and wind bins.
Table columns are wind bins (m/s) period associated.
Table rows are wind direction sectors (º) period associated.
Each table cell contains a text with the configured value.
The table configuration cannot be changed by user.
Illustration 187: Turbulence wakes configuration table.
❑ Information side Panel
This panel is the same as explained in the section Wake Control Detail Window.
Illustration 188: Wake side panel.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 187 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
17.3.4 ICE DETECTION SYSTEM CONFIGURATION WINDOW
Configuration screen for Ice Detection System is showed in the following figure:
Illustration 189: Ice Detection System Configuration Window.
❑
General Configuration
Illustration 190: Ice Detection System General Configuration.
In this section, the user can configure the following regulation parameters:
•
Enabled. This control can enable or disable ice regulator.
Icon
Description
Ice Regulator Enabled.
Ice Regulator Disabled.
Table 20: Ice Regulator Enable/Disable Control
Clicking on this control, the user can enable/disable ice regulator. When this control is
clicked, a window appears to ask action confirmation.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 188 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Illustration 191: Regulator Enable/Disable Confirmation Window
❑ Regulation Details Configuration Tabs
In this section, the user can see regulation configuration for all wind turbines that are controlled by ice
regulator.
Illustration 192: Ice Tab
•
•
•
Number of groups in the wind farm.
Group Configuration. Selector with the groups configured in the wind farm. When user
select a group, its configuration is displayed and it is the following values:
o Master WTG: Wind turbine that is the master of the selected group.
o Master Backup: Wind turbine that is the master backup of the selected group.
o Slaves WTG: Wind turbines that are slaves of the selected group.
Temperature Conditions. This section displays temperature configuration.
o Temperature Tolerance (ºC).
o Temperature Range (ºC). Maximum and minimum values.
❑ Information side Panel
This panel is the same as explained in the section Ice Detection System Detail Window.
Illustration 193: Ice side panel.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 189 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
17.3.5 BIRD DETECTION SYSTEM CONFIGURATION WINDOW
Configuration screen for Bird Detection System is showed in the following figure:
Illustration 194: Bird Detection System Configuration Window.
❑
General Configuration
Illustration 195: Bird Detection General Configuration.
In this section, the user can configure the following regulation parameters:
•
Enabled. This control can enable or disable bird regulator.
Icon
Description
Bird Regulator Enabled.
Bird Regulator Disabled.
Table 21: Bird Regulator Enable/Disable Control
Clicking on this control, user can enable/disable Bird regulator. When this control is clicked, a
window appears to ask action confirmation.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 190 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Illustration 196: Regulator Enable/Disable Confirmation Window
❑ Regulation Details Configuration Tabs
In this section, the user can see the regulation configuration for all configured bird detector groups and
the wind turbines belonging to each detector.
Illustration 197: Birds detector groups
•
•
Detector selection: list of wind turbines with bird detector installed
Associated wind turbines: list of wind turbines associated with the selected bird
detector.
❑ Information side Panel
This panel is the same as explained in the section Bird Detection System Detail Window.
Illustration 198: Bird side panel.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 191 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
17.3.6 GUYS SYSTEM CONFIGURATION WINDOW
Configuration screen for GUYS control is showed in the following window:
GUYS system has three working modes:
•
GUYS Disabled: Normal wind farm operation
•
GUYS Enabled:
o AUTOMATIC: GUYS application will trigger a transition from mains to DGs as a
consequence of the logic that will depend on voltage, wind speed and/or time.
o MANUAL: Activation of the system is made manually by the operator through a command
window on the SCADA.
o MAINTENANCE MODE: The user is allowed to operate the GenSet while the WF is
connected to the grid.
Illustration 199: GUYS Configuration Window
Enabled / Disabled Control: There is a general control to enable / disable GUYS.
Icon
Description
GUYS Regulator Enabled.
GUYS Regulator Disabled.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 192 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Clicking on this control, user can enable/disable GUYS regulator. When this control is clicked, a confirmation
window appears to ask action confirmation.
Illustration 200: Apply Changes Confirmation Window
There are three operational modes once GUYS is enabled:
• Automatic activation mode
• Manual activation mode
• Maintenance mode
It can only be enabled one of the 3 modes of regulation. Enabling one automatically disables the other one.
Only one mode can be enabled at a time. If a mode is activated, it will automatically disable the current
mode. The enable / disable control is similar in all 3 modes and also similar to the one to enable / disable
GUYS.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
17.3.6.1
AUTOMATIC MODE:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 193 of 352
Automatic mode will switch the plant from feeding through main grid and feeding through diesel generators
without needing any manual operation.
Both transitions sequences are:
1. From fed through main grid to fed through diesel generator:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Voltage and/or wind detection outside of the defined
threshold for a defined time
CBmains opening
CBb1, CBb2, ….CBbN opening
DGs starting
TB closure
CBaux closure
Once the transition has been made and WTGs are fed from the Diesel
Generator, they will keep only yawing.
2. From fed through diesel generator to fed through main grid
•
•
•
•
•
•
Remote order: OFF. Voltage detection inhibited.
CBaux opening
CBreactor opening
TB Opening
CBmains closure
DGs stoppage
Once the WF has been transferred to the Mains Grid, WTGs will remain in
Pause state until the operator activates them from the SCADA.
The configuration options for the automatic modes are available in the central panel:
Mode: Selector to choose the criteria to launch the transition:
• Voltage: GUYS will be activated when grid voltage is under a threshold for a
specified time.
• Wind speed: GUYS will be activated when wind speed is over a threshold for a
specified time.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 194 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
•
Voltage & Wind speed: GUYS will be activated when grid voltage is under a
threshold for a specified time and wind speed is over a specified threshold.
Sample filter number: Information about the number of samples from the filter. It is read only.
Wind Speed backup: A backup for wind speed may be configured in case of a reading failure from
the met mast. The drop down will list all available wind turbines.
17.3.6.2
MANUAL MODE:
The connection sequence is activated / deactivated manually by the user. Transition sequence is carried out
automatically.
Depending on the values of the “GUYS appropriate conditions to disconnect WF” and “GUYS appropriate
conditions to connect WF” the following warnings can be shown:
• Empty: when both values are 0.
• Condition to connect = TRUE: when “GUYS appropriate conditions to connect WF” is 0 or error and
“GUYS appropriate conditions to disconnect WF” is 1.
Condition to disconnect = TRUE: when “GUYS appropriate conditions to connect WF” is 1.
Pause time: The only variable in this working mode is the time the regulation tool waits before
pausing wind turbines.
17.3.6.3
MAINTENANCE MODE
The user can operate manually (step by step) Diesel Generators or Low Voltage Circuit Breakers. Operation
of High Voltage switchgears is not permitted when GUYS is enabled and GUYS maintenance mode is
selected.
Commands to operate in this model are available from the layout screen and are similar to the position
operation modes in the substation section.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
WindNet PRO User Manual
17.3.7 SHADOW CONFIGURATION WINDOW
Configuration screen for Shadow control is showed in the following figure:
Illustration 201: Shadow Control Configuration Window.
❑
General Configuration
Illustration 202: Shadow Control General Configuration.
In this section, the user can configure the following regulation parameters:
•
Enabled. This control can enable or disable the complete shadow control.
Icon
Description
Shadow control Enabled.
Shadow control Disabled.
Table 22: Shadow Control Enable/Disable Control
Clicking on this control, user can enable/disable wake regulator.
Rev: 12
Page 195 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
WindNet PRO User Manual
When this control is clicked, a window appears to ask action confirmation.
Illustration 203: Regulator Enable/Disable Confirmation Window
Rev: 12
Page 196 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 197 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Title:
18
Code: GD274770-en
ANALYSIS MENU OPTIONS
This menu section includes the three different tools for data analysis: reports, trends and comparatives.
18.1 REPORTS
This screen allows the user to access the report generation tool:
Illustration 204: Reports. General view
We can see three different sections:
•
Report Selection:
Illustration 205: Category and report Selection
Two dropdown lists to select the desired report, filtered by category:
•
Category: User must select desired report category:
o Productions
o Alarms & States
o X-Minutal
o Availabilities
o Commands
o Operation
o Tools
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
•
•
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 198 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Report: Different reports are available for each category, as listed in the next table:
Category
Report
Productions
General Production
Productions
Production Comparative
Productions
Active Power Performance (Windturbine)
Productions
Active Power Performance (Inverter)
Productions
Reactive Power Performance
Productions
Production by technology
Alarms & States
AWS full
Alarms & States
Ranking of alarms & warnings
Alarms & States
Accumulated states
X-Minutal
XMinutal full
Availabilities
General availability
Availabilities
Availability (Energy)
Availabilities
Availability (Time)
Commands
Commands log
Operation
Turbulence analysis
Tools
Active Power – Frequency Regulation
Tools
Noise control
Output Selection
Illustration 206: Output selection
•
The user can select the desired output format for the report before pressing the “Create Report” button.
All reports have at least two options:
o HTML: If this option is selected (by default) the report will open in a new browser’s
window, as a web page.
o CSV: With this option the report data will be downloadable as a .csv text file. See Annex
18.1.18 for files contents.
•
Report Parameters:
The report layout will include all the request report parameters. This information will be located in
the last report page.
The detail for each report is depicted in the following sections.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.1
GENERAL PRODUCTION
18.1.1.1
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 199 of 352
Description
This report shows the main information regarding wind farm's energy production in a period of time, grouped
by sub farm, device type and device.
If device type is windturbine, it will display the following data:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Sub wind farm name.
Device name.
Wind Speed (m/s).
Production (kWh).
Line OK (h), the hours when the line works correctly.
Turbine OK (h), the hours when the turbine works correctly.
Ambient OK (h), the hours when ambient is correct.
Availability (%): <Turbine OK> x 100 / <Environment OK>.
Equivalent hours: <Production> / <Rated Power>.
FC (%): <Production> x 100 / < Line OK > x <Rated Power>.
If device type is inverter, it will display the following data:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
18.1.1.2
Sub wind farm name.
Device name.
Irradiance (W/m2).
Production (kWh).
Daylight (h).
Running (h).
Availability (%): <Inverter OK> / <Period hours> x 100.
Equivalent hours: <Production> / <Rated Power>.
FC (%): (<Production> / (<Period hours> x <Rated Power>)) * 100.
Performance Ratio (%): (<Production> * 100) / (<Rated Power> * <Period hours> *
<Irradiance>).
Request Options
Illustration 207: General Production
This report is selected by default, displays the wind farm’s energy production data between two dates.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 200 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
User can select desired devices (Remember that available devices depend on the promoter or wind farm
selected on the right top corner and device type selected), Date range and the show graphics option.
18.1.1.3
Layout
The report layout will appear as follows:
If the wind farm has inverters, the following page will appear:
In this page will show information about: Production (kWh), Availability (%), Equivalent Hours (h), Capacity
Factor (%) and Avoided CO2 Emissions (Tons) group by device type in a table and 5 graphics.
If the wind farm has WindTurbines this page will show:
Background color will be set for production cells with:
Partial or accumulated production.
Unbound data.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
If the option “Show Graphs” is checked, graphs will appear as follows:
If the wind farm has inverters this page will show:
Background color will be set for production cells with:
Partial or accumulated production.
Unbound data.
If the option “Show Graphs” is checked, graphs will appear as follows:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 201 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 202 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.2
PRODUCTION COMPARATIVE
18.1.2.1
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 203 of 352
Description
This report shows the wind farm's production per day/month grouped by sub farm, device type and device. It
will display the following data:
•
•
•
Sub wind farm name.
Device name.
Daily/Monthly production (kWh).
This report shows a table for wind turbines and, if the wind farms have inverters, another table for them.
18.1.2.2
Request Options
Illustration 208: Production comparative
The user can select desired devices (Remember that available devices depend on the promoter or wind farm
selected on the right top corner and device type selected) and group Option (days/month).
Illustration 209: Grouped by months
According to the grouping option chosen, the user can select a time range or a group of months and years,
to group by.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.2.3
Layout
The report layout will appear as follows when grouped by days:
The report obtained will appear as follows when grouped by months:
Background color will be set for cells in case of:
Partial or accumulated production.
Unbound data.
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 204 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.3
ACTIVE POWER PERFORMANCE (WINDTURBINE)
18.1.3.1
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 205 of 352
Description
This report shows the active power performance for the selected machines in the indicated period.
This excludes any sample that has been in a state other than ready or run during the 10-minute period
affected by the calculation of the sample.
This likewise permits the exclusion of periods in which the performance of devices has been limited (Active
Power + Frequency Regulation, Noise Regulation, Derating or component temperature).
It includes these sections:
• Graph of Active Power Performance comparative: (to be shown if “comparative” check activated).
Each wind turbine curve shall be presented in a different color. Period auto curve with wind speed
and active power wind bin average shall be included.
o X axis: Wind speed.
o Y axis: Active power.
•
Active Power Performance graph: (by wind turbine). Period auto curve using wind bins average
(Wind speed vs. Active power) shall be included.
o X axis: Wind speed.
o Y axis: Active power.
•
Power Coefficient (Cp) graph: (by wind turbine). Apply samples with a wind speed range: [3,
25]m/s. 30m/s shall be de maximum wind speed value in case of G10X wind turbines.
o X axis: Wind speed.
o Y axis: Power Coefficient (Cp).
▪ Cp= Active Power * 1000 / denCp.
▪ Being denCp=(1 / 2 * Air density * PI * (RotorDiameter / 2)^2 * WindSpeed^3).
o Table of air density source for Cp calculation
▪ Met mast
▪ Air density setting
▪ Wind farm estimated air density: user parameter
▪ Default (1.225 kg/m3)
•
Turbulence Intensity graph: (by wind turbine). Apply samples with a wind speed range: [3, 35]m/s
and with a turbulence < 135%.
o X axis: Wind speed.
o Y axis: turbulence: Wind Speed Std. Dev. 10M * 100 / Wind Speed AVG 10M.
•
Wind / Energy Rose graph: (by wind turbine). Polar graph includes these series:
o Blue: Sector samples (%).
o Red: Sector Energy production (%)
o Green: Sector wind speed average
o Tooltip: additionally to the series values, sector active power average, shall be included
•
Wind speed bin summary table: (by wind turbine):
o Wind bin: from 0 to 25. Incorporating the bin ‘>= 26’ to retrieve the remaining high-wind
speed samples.
o Bin wind speed average.
o Bin active power average.
o Bin number of samples.
o Bin maximum power.
o Bin minimum power.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
18.1.3.2
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 206 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
o
o
•
Code: GD274770-en
Bin Cp (if Cp graph requested)
Bin Turbulence (if turbulence graph requested)
Summary table by Wind Sectors: (by wind turbine):
o Wind sectors: North, Northeast, East, Southeast, South, Southwest, West and Northwest.
o Sector wind speed average.
o Sector active power average.
o Sector number of samples.
o Sector maximum power.
o Sector minimum power.
o Sector maximum wind speed.
o Sector minimum wind speed.
Request Options
Illustration 210: Active power performance
The user can also select desired excluded periods (the machine is running but limited), wind sectors (with the
option to show samples outside the range), to show the Power Coefficient (Cp) graphic (choosing the source
for the Air density value) and to show the turbulence graphic.
Illustration 211: Select Air density option
This report also includes a Comparative option. This will show a comparative graphic, but limits de selectable
device number to 5 (default).
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.3.3
Layout
The report layout will appear as follows:
Header:
Graph 1: (if comparative check is selected)
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 207 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 208 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Graph 2:
The theoretical power curve won’t be available in case the device has not power curve assigned.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
Graph 3:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 209 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
Graph 4:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 210 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
Graph 5: (by wind turbine)
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 211 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
Wind Speed Bin Table:
Wind Sectors table:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 212 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.4
ACTIVE POWER PERFORMANCE (INVERTER)
18.1.4.1
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 213 of 352
Description
This report shows the active power performance for the selected machines in the indicated period.
This excludes any sample that has been in a state other than ready or run during the 10-minute period
affected by the calculation of the sample.
This likewise permits the exclusion of periods in which the performance of devices has been limited (Active
Power + Frequency Regulation).
It includes these sections:
•
Graph of Active Power Performance comparative: (to be shown if “comparative” check activated).
Each inverter curve shall be presented in a different color. Period auto curve with irradiance and
active power irradiance bin average shall be included.
o
o
•
Active Power Performance graph: limited - no limited (by inverter). If inverter is limited it will be
shown in red color, otherwise if inverter is not limited, it will be shown in green color. Period auto
curve using irradiance bins average (Irradiance vs. Active power) shall be included.
o
o
•
Irradiance bin
Number of samples
Irradiance average.
Temperature average.
Active Power average.
Trend of Active Power Performance comparative: (to be shown if “comparative” check activated).
Each inverter curve shall be presented in a different color. Trend mast's irradiance of mast shall be
included.
o
o
o
•
X axis: Irradiance.
Y axis: Active power.
Irradiance bin summary table: (by inverter):
o
o
o
o
o
•
X axis: Irradiance.
Y axis: Active power.
Active Power Performance graph: temperature (by inverter). The color of the point will indicate the
temperature. Period auto curve using irradiance bins average (Irradiance vs. Active power) shall be
included.
o
o
•
X axis: Irradiance.
Y axis: Active power.
X axis: Date.
Y axis (left): Active power.
Y axis (right): Irradiance.
Trend of Active Power Performance (by inverter): Trend mast's irradiance of mast shall be included.
o
o
X axis: Date.
Y axis (left): Active power.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 214 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
o
18.1.4.2
Y axis (right): Irradiance.
Request Options
Illustration 212: Active power performance
The user can also select desired excluded periods (the machine is running but limited), inverters (with the
option to show samples outside the range) and to show the configuration details.
This report also includes a Comparative option. This will show a comparative graphic, but limits de selectable
device number to 5 (default).
18.1.4.3
Layout
The report layout will appear as follows:
Header:
Inverter Power Performance comparative: (if comparative check is selected)
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
Inverter power performance: limited - no limited (by inverter)
Inverter power performance: temperature (by inverter)
Irradiance Bin Table: by inverter
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 215 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
WindNet PRO User Manual
Inverter Active Power Trend comparative: (if comparative check is selected)
Inverter Active Power Trend: by inverter
Rev: 12
Page 216 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.5
REACTIVE POWER PERFORMANCE
18.1.5.1
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 217 of 352
Description
This report shows the reactive power performance for the selected devices in the indicated period.
In case of wind turbine, this excludes any sample that has been in a state other than ready or run during the
10-minute period affected by the calculation of the sample. For regulator devices, the samples should
accomplish with the following conditions:
• Dated within periods with SET communication OK.
• Dated within periods with regulator communication OK.
• Dated within periods with regulator state NO ERROR.
• Dated within periods with the active or reactive regulator enabled or the frequency or Voltage
regulator enabled.
This likewise permits the exclusion of periods in which the performance of devices has been limited (Active
Power + Frequency Regulation, Noise Regulation, Derating or component temperature).
It includes these sections:
• Graph of Reactive Power Performance comparative: (to be shown if “comparative” check activated).
Each device curve shall be presented in a different color.
o X axis: Reactive power.
o Y axis: Active power.
o References: Q values (Q = P * tan (acos(cosphi))) for the max(P) retrieved and the cosphi
values: ±0.94, ±0.95, ±0.96, ±0.97, ±0.98, ±0.99 y ±1. They will be colored in orange.
•
Graph of Reactive Power Performance (by device, in case of wind turbines, each sample will be
colored regarding its voltage, blue for low values and red for high):
o X axis: Reactive power.
o Y axis: Active power.
o References: Q values (Q = P * tan (acos(cosphi))) for the max(P) retrieved and the cosphi
values: ±0.94, ±0.95, ±0.96, ±0.97, ±0.98, ±0.99 y ±1. They will be colored in orange.
•
Graph of Reactive Power Performance (PLC Versions) (by device, in case of wind turbines, each
sample will be colored regarding its PLC version): To be shown if there is any PLC version change
within the period:
o X axis: Reactive power.
o Y axis: Active power.
o References: Q values (Q = P * tan (acos(cosphi))) for the max(P) retrieved and the cosphi
values: ±0.94, ±0.95, ±0.96, ±0.97, ±0.98, ±0.99 y ±1. They will be colored in orange.
•
Graph of Active Power Trend (by device):
o X axis: Time.
o Y axis: Active power.
o Vertical line in case of PLC version change.
•
Graph of Reactive Power Trend (by device):
o X axis: Time.
o Y axis: Reactive power.
o Vertical line in case of PLC version change.
•
Graph of Voltage Trend (by device):
o X axis: Time.
o Y axis: Voltage.
o Vertical line in case of PLC version change.
It includes reference lines based on device model (only for wind turbines):
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 218 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
o
o
G4x/G5x:
▪ High voltage limit: ±8.5% Nominal Voltage (690V).
▪ Low voltage limit: ±7.5% Nominal Voltage (690V).
Otherwise:
▪ High voltage limit: ±4% Nominal Voltage (690V).
▪ Low voltage limit: ±3% Nominal Voltage (690V).
•
Graph of Power Factor Trend (by device):
o X axis: Time.
o Y axis: CosPhi.
o Vertical line in case of PLC version change.
•
PLC Versions matrix (by device):
o Color.
o Version.
o Version Date.
o Previous Version.
o Previous Version Date.
18.1.5.2
Code: GD274770-en
Request Options
Illustration 213: Reactive power performance
The user can also select desired excluded periods (the machine is running but limited) and minimum and
maximum values for active power, reactive power and voltage.
This report also includes a Comparative option. This will show a comparative graphic, but limits de selectable
device number to 5 (default).
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.5.3
Layout
The report layout will appear as follows:
Header:
Graphic 1 (If comparative option activated):
Graphic 2:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 219 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
WindNet PRO User Manual
Graphic 3 (If there are changes in the PLC version):
Reactive Power Performance (PLC Versions)
P
(kW)
Q (kVAr)
Unknown
V0.9
V1.0
V1.1
V2.0
Graphic 4 (for vertical lines, see PLC version matrix):
Rev: 12
Page 220 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
WindNet PRO User Manual
Graphic 5 (for vertical lines, see PLC version matrix):
Graphic 6 (for vertical lines, see PLC version matrix):
Graphic 7 (for vertical lines, see PLC version matrix):
Rev: 12
Page 221 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
Code: GD274770-en
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 222 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Reference lines won’t be visible if they are out of the samples range.
PLC Versions (To be shown if there are changes in the PLC version):
Ref.
Version
Date
Previous version
Previous version date
v0.9
2014/10/05 18:14
Unknown
Unknown
v1.0
2014/10/10 18:14
v0.9
2014/10/05 18:14
v1.1
2014/10/15 18:14
v1.0
2014/10/10 18:14
v2.0
2014/10/20 18:14
v1.1
2014/10/15 18:14
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.6
PRODUCTION BY TECHNOLOGY
18.1.6.1
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 223 of 352
Description
This report shows information about energy production distribution (wind / solar) in a period of time. It will
display the following data:
•
Summary table:
o Wind production (kWh)
o Solar production (kWh)
o Total production (kWh)
•
Production by technology distribution graphic
•
Performance summary table:
o Time in full performance, compared to total period time (%)
o Time with limited wind production, compared to total time (%)
o Time with limited solar production, compared to total time (%)
•
Active power trend by technology
o Solar active power (kW)
o Wind active power (kW)
o Power setpoint (kW)
18.1.6.2
Request Options
Illustration 214: Production by technology
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.6.3
Layout
The report layout will appear as follows:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 224 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.7
FULL AWS
18.1.7.1
Description
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 225 of 352
This report shows the wind farm's alarms, warnings and states grouped by sub farm and device within the
period of time selected. It will display the following data:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
18.1.7.2
Sub wind farm name.
Device name.
Category (alarm, warning or state).
Event.
Sub event / Categorization:
o Sub event: event associated with the state.
Event start time.
Event end time.
Event duration.
Description.
Request Options
Illustration 215: Full AWS
The user can also select desired alarms, warnings, states and substates, and order the report by device or
date. Grouping Run to Ready transitions is also possible.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.7.3
Layout
The report layout will appear as follows when sorted by Device-Date:
The report layout will appear as follows when sorted by Date-Device:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 226 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 227 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
In the following cases, the background color of the events column associated cell will be included:
Emergency State.
Stop State.
Pause State.
Run State.
Comm. Failure State.
Ready State.
Manual.
Background color will be set for Sub Events and Categorizations:
Sub Event.
Categorization.
Fields in italics: Italics will be applied for those dates which the field has been modified because it exceeds
the time window requested in the report or because it correspond to an still open event, so that, we will
apply the report request end date or the report execution date instead, in case the report end date
corresponds to the current day. In these cases the duration field will be affected by this change and also
appears in italics.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.8
RANKING OF ALARMS & WARNINGS
18.1.8.1
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 228 of 352
Description
This report shows the ranking of the wind farm's most frequent alarms and warnings (by duration or by time)
grouped by sub farm and device types in a period of time. It will display the following data:
Alarms Ranking:
• Sub wind farm name.
• Alarm.
• Device.
• Total active time: time that the alarm has kept active within the report time window.
• New activations: number of new activations of the alarm during the report time window.
Warnings Ranking:
• Sub wind farm name.
• Warning.
• Device.
• Total active time: time that the warning has kept active within the report time window.
• New activations: number of new activations of the warning during the report time window.
This report shows tables for WindTurbines and, if the wind farms have inverters, another tables for them.
18.1.8.2
Request Options
Illustration 216: Ranking of alarms & warnings
The user can order by Duration or occurrences, decide maximum rows to show and select show graphics or
not.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.8.3
Layout
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 229 of 352
The report layout will appear as follows:
Expanding any of the alarms with the grouping control [+] / [-] will display the details of the selected alarm,
grouped and sorted by device, with its duration and number of occurrences. For instance, when expanding
the first alarm:
To calculate durations, the following restrictions shall be applied:
• Report request time window: The events involved exceeding such time range, will be limited in
duration to the overlapping of these two time windows.
• If the date ‘to’ corresponds to the current day, report execution date-time will be used as ‘to’ date.
If there are different types of device, each one will be displayed in a different table.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
WindNet PRO User Manual
The data will also be displayed as a graph in this report, similar to the following:
The same graphic layout shall be used regarding warnings.
Rev: 12
Page 230 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.9
ACCUMULATED STATES
18.1.9.1
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 231 of 352
Description
This report shows the different states, their duration and the number of occurrences at the wind farm,
grouped by sub farm, device type, device, state and sub state in a period of time. This report displays the
following data:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Sub wind farm name.
Device name.
State (Running, No Communicate, Emergency, Ready, Manual, Pause, Stop).
Sub Event / Categorization.
Total active time: time that the state has kept active within the report time window.
New activations: number of new activations of the state during the report time window.
This report shows a table for wind turbines and, if the wind farms have inverters, another table for them.
18.1.9.2
Request Options
Illustration 217: Accumulated states
There is also an option to show graphics.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.9.3
Layout
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 232 of 352
The report layout will appear as follows:
Background color will be set for Sub Events and Categorizations:
Sub Event.
Categorization.
To calculate durations, the following restrictions shall be applied:
• Report request time window: The events involved exceeding such time range, will be limited in
duration to the overlapping of these two time windows.
• If the date ‘to’ corresponds to the current day, report execution date-time will be used as ‘to’ date.
If there are different types of device, each one will be displayed in a different table.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
If the option “Show Graphs” is checked, graphs will appear as follows:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 233 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 234 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.10 XMINUTAL FULL
18.1.10.1
Description
This report shows the X-minute variables between two dates and their value grouped by sub wind farm and
device. It will display the following data:
•
•
•
•
18.1.10.2
Sub wind farm name
Device name
X-minute Date
Variable and its value (one column is displayed for each variable to display)
Request Options
Illustration 218: X-Minutal full
The user can also choose desired variables and their frequency, as well as statistical operations.
On this report a new output option is available, allowing the user to export the data to Excel.
18.1.10.3
Layout
The report layout will appear as follows:
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 235 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.11 GENERAL AVAILABILITY
18.1.11.1
Description
This report shows information regarding to production and availability of the period, grouped by sub wind
farm and device. It will display the following data:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Wind Farm / Sub Wind Farm name
Device name
Production in the period
Technical Availability (%):<Turbine OK> x 100 / <Environment OK>
Contract Availability (%):
100 x (<time period> - <time B> - <time E>) / (<time period> - <time E>)
Where the categorization is:
o B: Penalizes availability
o E: Subtracts time from the period
Hours in Period (h)
Running Time (h): Run and Ready states
Uncategorized time (h): No category has been associated with these periods.
If IM is active the following columns will be displayed:
•
•
18.1.11.2
Contract Availability (%).
Uncategorized time (h).
Request Options
Illustration 219: General availability
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.11.3
Layout
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 236 of 352
The report layout will appear as follows:
Background color will be set for categorizations:
Categorization
In terms of contract availability calculation, some concepts apply in different way:
• (h)*: Does not affect availability (F)
• (h)**: Penalizes availability (B)
To calculate durations, the following restrictions shall be applied:
• Report request time window: The events involved exceeding such time range, will be limited in
duration to the overlapping of these two time windows.
• If the date ‘to’ corresponds to the current day, report execution date-time will be used as ‘to’ date.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 237 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.12 ENERGY AVAILABILITY
18.1.12.1
Description
This report shows information regarding to production and energetic availability on the requested period
(only will be available if IM is active). Production losses calculations will be based on IEC 61400-26-2
algorithms.
It includes these sections:
•
•
•
•
18.1.12.2
Energy availability trend graph (windfarm).
o Contractual availability (%)
o Production rate (%)
o Production rate – including losses (%)
Losses by categorization type graph (windfarm):
o B Type losses - penalize availability (kWh)
o E Type losses – substract time from period (kWh)
o F Type losses – don’t affect availability calculation (kWh)
o Uncategorized losses (kWh)
Summary table (windfarm):
o Contractual Availability (%)
o Data Capture (%)
o Production (kWh)
o Estimated loss (kWh)
o B type losses - penalize availability (kWh)
o E type losses - subtract time from period (kWh)
o F type losses – don’t affect availability calculation (kWh)
o Uncategorized losses (kWh)
Loss by wind turbine detail table (wind turbine):
o Production (kWh)
o Estimated loss (kWh)
o Estimated loss (%)
o Contractual availability (%)
o Production rate (%)
o Data Capture (%)
o B type losses - penalize availability (kWh)
o E type losses - subtract time from period (kWh)
o F type losses – don’t affect availability calculation (kWh)
o Uncategorized losses (kWh)
Request Options
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
WindNet PRO User Manual
Illustration 220: Energy availability
18.1.12.3
Layout
The report layout will appear as follows (grouped by wind farm):
If the option “Show losses detail” is checked, a table will appear as follows:
Rev: 12
Page 238 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 239 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.13 TIME AVAILABILITY
18.1.13.1
Description
This report shows information regarding to production and time availability on the requested period (only will
be available if IM is active). It will include technical and contractual availability data.
It includes these sections:
•
•
•
•
18.1.13.2
Time availability trend graph (windfarm).
o Contractual availability (%)
o Technical availability (%)
o Production rate (%)
o Production rate – including losses (%)
Losses by categorization type graph (windfarm):
o B Type losses - penalize availability (HH:mm:ss)
o E Type losses – substract time from period (HH:mm:ss)
o F Type losses – don’t affect availability calculation (HH:mm:ss)
o Uncategorized losses (HH:mm:ss)
Summary table (windfarm):
o Contractual Availability (%)
o Technical availability (%)
o Total time – requested period * requested wind turbines (HH:mm:ss)
o Time in full performance (HH:mm:ss)
o Time with losses (HH:mm:ss)
o Time with no data (HH:mm:ss)
o B type losses - penalize availability (HH:mm:ss)
o E type losses - subtract time from period (HH:mm:ss)
o F type losses – don’t affect availability calculation (HH:mm:ss)
o Uncategorized losses (HH:mm:ss)
Loss by wind turbine detail table (wind turbine):
o Technical availability (%)
o Contractual availability (%)
o Data Capture (%)
o Total period time (HH:mm:ss)
o Time in full performance (HH:mm:ss)
o Time with losses (HH:mm:ss)
o Time with no data (HH:mm:ss)
o B type losses - penalize availability (HH:mm:ss)
o E type losses - subtract time from period (HH:mm:ss)
o F type losses – don’t affect availability calculation (HH:mm:ss)
o Uncategorized losses (HH:mm:ss)
Request Options
Illustration 221: Time availability
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.13.3
Layout
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
The report layout will appear as follows (grouped by wind farm):
If the option “Show losses detail” is checked, a table will appear as follows:
Rev: 12
Page 240 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 241 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.14 COMMANDS LOG
18.1.14.1
Description
This report shows the commands of a period of time, including following information:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
18.1.14.2
Sub wind farm name.
Device name.
State: The device state when the command was sent.
Dispatching (Date time).
Command: Type of command.
Value: Sent command value.
Application: Application that triggered the command.
User: User that triggered the command.
Next State (date time): Date time when the transition to the next state happened. Normally due to
the machine reaction to the sent command.
Next State: The device state after receiving the command.
Request Options
Illustration 222: Commands log
The user can also choose desired commands, Applications and users.
18.1.14.3
Layout
The report layout will appear as follows:
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 242 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.15 TURBULENCE ANALYSIS
18.1.15.1
Description
This report shows some tables and graphics regarding wind conditions and turbulence and the wind turbine
behavior in these circumstances.
This excludes any sample that has been in a state out of those selected by the user, during the 10-minute
period affected by the calculation of the sample.
In addition, it permits wind sector selection, showing in/out samples separately.
It includes these sections:
•
Wind speed bin summary table (by wind turbine):
o Wind speed bin: from 0 to 30. (Bin size 0.5m/s).
o Bin Number of samples.
o Bin wind speed average.
o Bin wind speed standard deviation.
o Bin turbulence intensity average (1).
o Bin turbulence intensity standard deviation (2).
o Bin IEC turbulence intensity average: (1) + 1.28*(2).
•
Summary table by Wind Sectors (by wind turbine):
o Wind sectors: Grouped in 16 sectors: (348.75, 11.25],…,(326.25, 348.75].
o Start wind sector (º).
o End wind sector (º).
o Sector Number of samples.
o Sector wind speed average.
o Sector wind speed standard deviation.
o Sector turbulence intensity average.
•
Turbulence Intensity Graph:
o Axis X: Wind speed.
o Axis Y: Turbulence (%).
o If comparative selected, a different color for each turbine will be applied, otherwise, each
turbine will be shown in its own chart.
o Tooltip:
▪ Wind speed bin.
▪ Bin wind speed average.
▪ Bin turbulence intensity average.
▪ Bin wind Speed standard deviation.
•
Wind Rose graph (by wind turbine). Polar graph includes these series:
o Blue: Sector samples (%).
o Red: Sector Turbulence average (%).
o Green: Sector wind speed average.
o Tooltip: additionally to the series value, wind sector (start, end] degrees, shall be included.
•
Wind Bin Histogram graphic (by wind turbine). Includes:
o Histogram:
▪ Axis X: Wind Bins.
▪ Axis Y: Samples (%).
▪ En blue/red samples in/out of the selected wind sector.
o Weibull distribution:
▪ Bin Weibull value.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 243 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
▪
o
18.1.15.2
Code: GD274770-en
Caption for Weibull distribution:
• A: Scale.
• K: Form.
• U: Wind speed average.
Tooltip:
▪ Wind Bin.
▪ All data (%): percentage of bin samples over total number of samples.
▪ Filtered data (%): percentage of bin samples within the selected wind sector, over
the total number of samples.
Request Options
Illustration 223: Turbulence Analysis
The user can choose wind sectors to display. Also several graphic options can be selected (Turbulence
intensity graphic, wind rose graphic and wind bind histogram graphic).
Illustration 224: Turbulence graphic options
This report also includes a Comparative option. This will show a comparative graphic, but limits the selectable
device number to 5 (default).
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.15.3
Layout
The report layout will appear as follows:
Header:
Wind speed bins table:
Wind sectors table:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 244 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
Graph1 (if comparative, each turbine with a different color):
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 245 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
Graph2 (by wind turbine):
Graph3:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 246 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 247 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.16 ACTIVE POWER – FREQUENCY REGULATION
18.1.16.1
Description
This report shows the main information regarding to the incidence of active power and frequency regulator
tool on behavior of wind turbines and inverters, as well as on the compliance indicators of the applied set
points. It indicates the number of periods in which each machine has been stopped or limited by the tool as
well as the accumulated time in those periods. Additionally, the loss of production will be estimated in the
above periods.
It includes these sections:
•
Performance Graph (windfarm-regulator).
o Periods with Production Restriction Table: Start/End date.
o Set Point Value. (KW).
o Source: Active/Frequency.
o % Set Point fulfillment.
•
Regulator Commands Table (Windfarm - Regulator):
o Data.
o Command.
o Value of command.
o Application.
o User.
•
Loss By Wind Turbine/Inverters Detail Table:
o Production.
o Estimated Loss.
o Estimated Loss (%).
o Data Capture (%)
o Number of stopped machines by P-F tool.
o Number of limited machines by P-F tool.
o Machine stopped time by P-F tool.
o Machine limited time by P-F tool.
o Production loss by stopped machine by P-F tool.
o Production loss by limited machine by P-F tool.
o Total production loss by P-F tool.
o Total production loss by P-F tool (%).
o Production loss by other tools.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Occurrences Graph: Device vs. Occurrences.
Durations Graph: Device vs. Durations.
Losses graph: Device vs. Losses.
Production Loss Trend Graph: Regulator.
Production Loss Trend Graph: Wind Turbines/Inverters.
Limit/Stop by Wind Turbine/Inverter Event Table and Its Production Losses.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.16.2
Request Options
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 248 of 352
Illustration 225: Active Power – Frequency Regulation
User can select some regulator options and additionally wind turbine details. Only if this option is enabled
user can access the drop down to select devices.
Illustration 226: Show wind turbines details.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.16.3
Layout
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
The report layout will appear as follows:
Illustration 227: Performance graph.
If the option “Show Regulator Changes” is checked, a table will appear as follows:
Illustration 228: Regulator commands table.
If the option “Show Regulator Details” is checked, a table and graphs will appear as follows:
Rev: 12
Page 249 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
WindNet PRO User Manual
Illustration 229: Loss By Wind Turbine Detail Table.
The folowwing colors will be shown in the graphs:
•
•
•
Red: production loss by stopped machine by P-F tool.
Orange: production loss by limited machine by P-F tool.
Gray: production loss by other tools.
Rev: 12
Page 250 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 251 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Illustration 230: Occurrences, Durations and Losses graphs.
If the option “Show Regulator Details” is checked, a graph will appear as follows:
Legends:
•
•
•
•
Red: production loss by stopped machine by P-F tool.
Orange: production loss by limited machine by P-F tool.
Gray: production loss by other tools.
Green: production
Illustration 231: Production Loss Trend Graph: Regulator.
If the option “Show Wind turbine Details” is checked, a graph will appear as follows:
Legends:
•
•
•
•
Red: production loss by stopped machine by P-F tool.
Orange: production loss by limited machine by P-F tool.
Gray: production loss by other tools.
Green: production
Illustration 232: Production Loss Trend Graph: Wind Turbines.
and a table with the folowwing information:
Illustration 233: Limit/Stop by Wind Turbine Event Table and Its Production Losses.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 252 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.17 NOISE CONTROL
18.1.17.1
Description
This report shows information regarding to the incidence of Noise regulator tool on behavior of wind
turbines, as well as on the compliance indicators of the applied set points. It indicates the number of periods
in which each machine has been stopped or limited by the tool as well as the accumulated time in those
periods. Additionally, the loss of production will be estimated in the above periods.
It includes these sections:
•
Performance Graph (regulator).
o Wind Speed
o Number of paused / limited devices
o Regulator not running
o Regulator disabled
•
Summary table (regulator):
o % Fulfillment of Set Point in the period.
o Periods Number with Active Set Point and Production Restriction.
o Production Restriction Period.
o Production Loss (KWh).
•
Regulation events table (regulator):
o Event start / end date
o Number of paused / limited devices
o % fulfillment in event period
•
Loss by Wind Turbine Detail Table:
o Production.
o Estimated Loss.
o Estimated Loss (%).
o Data Capture (%)
o Number of paused machines
o Number of limited machines.
o Machine paused time.
o Machine limited time.
o Production loss by paused machine.
o Production loss by limited machine.
o Total production loss.
o Total production loss (%).
o Production loss by other tools.
•
Occurrences Graph: Device vs. Occurrences.
•
Durations Graph: Device vs. Durations.
•
Production Loss Graph.
•
Noise control fulfillment graphic (wind turbine):
o Wind Speed
o Active Power
o Regulator not running
o Regulator disabled
o Excluded periods
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
•
•
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 253 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
o
•
Code: GD274770-en
Incorrect noise level
Regulation events table (wind turbine):
o Event type (wind turbine paused / limited by noise tool / other regulation tool)
o Event name
o Event start / end date
o Event duration
o Production loss
Schedule table (wind turbine):
o Regulator name
o Period name
o Period start / end date
o Day of week flag
o Exclusive time flag
o Year precision flag
Sector table (wind turbine):
o Wind speed (from / to)
o Wind direction (from / to)
o Period name
o Noise level
o Noise sublevel
o Decibels related to noise level.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.17.2
Request Options
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 254 of 352
Illustration 234: Noise Control
User can select some regulator options and additionally wind turbine details. Only if this option is enabled
user can access the drop down to select devices.
Illustration 235: Show wind turbines details.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.17.3
Layout
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
The report layout will appear as follows:
If the option “Show Regulator Details” is checked, a table and graphs will appear as follows:
Rev: 12
Page 255 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 256 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 257 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
If the option “Show Wind turbine Details” is checked, The following information will appear:
Once noise level value is different from "PAUSE", WINTURBINES decibel will be watched into the table, in spite
of noise level value is like "FULL POWER". In this case, it will appear literally "FULL POWER" words.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 258 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.1.18 CSV FILES FORMAT
Next matrix shows the information included in the CSV files:
Report
General Production
(WindTurbine)
General Production
(inverter)
Comparative
Production
File
General Production.csv
Comment
Wind Farm
Device
General Production.csv
Wind Speed
Additional total column included
Production
idem
Line OK
idem
Turbine OK
idem
Environment OK
idem
Availability
idem
Equivalent Hours
idem
Capacity Factor (C.F.)
idem
Wind Farm
Device
Comparative Production
(Daily).csv
Comparative Production
(Monthly).csv
Active Power
Performance
Column Data
Active Power
Performance (Bins
Table).csv
Irradiance
Additional total column included
Production
idem
Daylight
idem
Running
idem
Availability
idem
Equivalent Hours
idem
Capacity Factor (C.F.)
idem
Performance Ratio
idem
Wind Farm
Device
Production (From Day)
Additional total column included
…
…
Production (To Day)
idem
Total Period Production
idem
Wind Farm
Device
Production
(<Month_i> Additional total column included
<Year_j> from)
Production
(<Month_i> idem
<Year_j+1> from)
Production
(<Month_i> idem
<Year_j+k> from)
Wind Farm
Device
Wind Speed Bin
Wind Speed
Active Power
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 259 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Number of Samples
Maximum Active Power
Minimum Active Power
Active Power
Performance (Sectors
Table).csv
Wind Farm
Device
Wind Sector
Wind Speed
Active Power
Number of Samples
Maximum Active Power
Minimum Active Power
Maximum Wind Speed
Minimum Wind Speed
Active Power
Performance (RAW
DATA).csv
Wind Farm
Device
DateTime
Wind Speed
Active Power
Nacelle Position
Reactive Power
Performance
Reactive Power
Performance (RAW
DATA).csv
Indicator of Wind Turbine 0: limited, 1: no limited
limited by tool
Wind Farm
Device
Active Power
Reactive Power
Voltage
Power Factor
Ambient Temperature
Availability (Time)
Availability (Time).csv
Indicator of Wind Turbine 0: limited, 1: no limited
limited by tool
Wind Farm
Device
Production
Technical Availability
Contractual Availability
Period Time
Running Time
Uncategorized Time
<subevent_i> Time
<subevent_j> Time
Full AWS Report
Full AWS Report.csv
Wind Farm
Device
Category
Event
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
WindNet PRO User Manual
SubEvent/Categorization
DateTime From
DateTime To
Duration
Categorization Description
Accumulated States
Accumulated States.csv
Wind Farm
Device
State
Event
SubEvent/Categorization
Total Active Time
New Activations
Ranking of Alarms and Ranking of Alarms and
warnings
warnings.csv
Wind Farm
Alarm/Warning
Device
New Activations
Total Active Time
Full Xminutal
Full Xminutal.csv
Device
DateTime
<Variable_Value_1>
…
<Variable_Value_n>
Command Log
Command Log.csv
Wind Farm
Device
State
Dispatching Datetime
Command
Value
Application
User
Next State Datetime
Next State
Turbulence Analysis
Turbulence Analysis.csv
Wind Farm
Device
Wind Speed Bin
Number of Samples
Wind Speed (AVG)
Wind Speed (STDEV)
Turbulence (AVG)
Turbulence (STDEV)
IEC Turbulence
Rev: 12
Page 260 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 261 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.2 TRENDING
This screen allows the user to create simple graphs showing the evolution of the SCADA variables:
Illustration 236: Trending screen
Take the following steps to generate a graph:
1. Define the time range of the graph.
In order to define the time period of the graph, the user can select from the dropdown a period
(10 minutes and 1, 4, 8 or 24 hours) or calendar. Also, X/Y Graph can be selected.
❑ Period: The user may select a predefined time period: 1, 8 or 24 hours. In this case, the
application will periodically refresh the graph displaying how the variables evolve over
time (the current time corresponds with the database server time). The regularity of the
refresh varies depending on the length of the period indicated: 1 min, 2.5 min, 5 min
respectively. No zooming option is available in this case.
❑ Calendar: The user may select the start and end dates. In this operating mode, zooming
in on the graph is available.
❑ X/Y: The user may select the start and end dates. It is necessary to select 2 variables,
the first one represents X and the second one represents Y. In this operating mode,
zooming in on the graph is also available.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 262 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
2. Create the list of variables intended to be viewed.
The following data must be indicated for each one of them, in order:
❑ The corresponding device type.
❑ Once the device type has been selected, the user can choose a device out of the existing
devices in the wind farm.
❑ When the device is chosen, the application fills in the list of variables available for the
device itself. Select the desired variable to plot.
❑ Each of the added variables will have its own y-axis, self-scaled to display the curve with
maximum resolution. This may difficult visual comparison since scaling does not match
when comparing the same variable for two separate devices or variables of the same
type. To solve this problem, variables can be grouped so that variables in the same
group will have the same scaling on the y-axis. There is an axis for each different group
available with a maximum of three values.
❑ Color of the graph. Color of each variable may be selected.(on X/Y graphs the 2 variables
will have the same color)
You can click on
button to add another variable and on
or all at once by selecting the
that is on the right top.
button to remove it individually
3. Show the graph.
Click button
to
show
the
graph
on the
right
of
There may be gaps in the graph when the data do not exist or are of bad quality:
Illustration 237: Graph extended trending
the
screen.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 263 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
The user can extend the graph with the
extended, the user can:
button on the middle center. When the graph is
❑ View the values of the graph doing click on the main graph. Values will be displayed in
the right panel.
❑ View legends on the left panel.
❑ Do zoom in the graph whether the user has selected calendar in time range. A graph on
the lower part represents the totality of the selected period. The user can select an area
on this graph using the mouse cursor, which will create a zoom image of the marked
zone on the main graph.
The user can hide a variable doing click on its legend or value.
Illustration 238: Graph with a hidden variable
The user could thus use the
a .CSV format.
button to obtain a copy of the values drawn in the graph, on a file with
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 264 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
The user could thus use the
following screen:
button to export trend. Clicking on this button will display the
Illustration 239: Trend export CSV screen
In this screen there are 2 tabs available: CSV and Image
❑ CSV
In this tab the user can to obtain a copy of the values drawn in the graph, on a file with
a .CSV format.
The user can change the time period and sampling rate of the graph.
Doing click on EXPORT button file will be download.
Doing click on CANCEL button the window will be closed.
❑ Image
Illustration 240: Trend export Image screen
In this tab the user can to obtain an image of the graph, on a file with a .PNG format.
Doing click on EXPORT button file will be download.
Doing click on CANCEL button the window will be closed.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 265 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
The user could thus use the
display the following screen:
button to change view options of trend. Clicking on this button will
Illustration 241: User trending graphic options screen
The user can change:
❑ Show axis
❑ Show legend
❑ Show values
Doing click on SAVE button view options will be changed.
Doing click on SAVE & DEFAULT button view options will be changed and they will also be
changed in user settings.
Doing click on CLOSE button the window will be closed and view options won't be changed.
4. Considerations
The trend graph has the following properties:
• The maximum number of axis is four (4).
• The maximum number of tags is limited by the memory in the client browser.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 266 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
18.3 WT COMPARATIVE
This screen allows the comparison of different machine variables graphically, allowing quickly detecting
possible errors in machine, performance, etc.
The information displayed on this screen is displayed online and it is not exportable to other formats.
The Wind Turbine or inverter Comparative screen has the following appearance:
Illustration 242: WT Comparative
The screen is divided into 2 parts: the left one to select the type of device and variables that you want to
show in the graph and the right one to display graphics.
❑ Variables
In this part, first, you can select de type of device on which you want to load the variables. One
you have selected the device type you can choose the variable that you want to represent in the
graph. To select the variable, you have to open the drop-down and select the variable that you
want to use, or you can write in the text box to filter the variables.
Illustration 243: Select tag to compare
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 267 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
These drop-downs incorporate only the analog and calculated variables. Digital variables (AWEs)
are not included.
You can also select the color of the variable in the graph with the color picker.
Illustration 244: Color picker
We can add a reference line to chart moving the slider or entering the value in the textbox:
❑ Graphics:
In this part, the graphs of selected variables are displayed.
Illustration 245: Graph
We can extend the screen with the button on the middle center to view graphs in a full screen mode.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
19
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 268 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
SETTINGS MENU OPTIONS
19.1 USER
This menu option gives the user the possibility to modify the form in which WindNet® Pro presents
information. Changes in this window only affect the logged user.
The screen has the following appearance:
Illustration 246: Settings Screen.
Options are grouped into different sections:
❑ Password settings
The user can change his/her system access password by entering a new one and its confirmation
into the boxes and then clicking on the Change password button. This button is enabled when
the fields are filled. If there is an error while trying to change the password text is displayed
indicating it.
Illustration 247: Password settings.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 269 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Language options
The user could establish the language in which the user interface is shown, among the ones
available in WindNet® PRO (currently Spanish, English, Brazilian, Polish, French, Chinese and
German). To do so, simply select the desired language.
❑ Numeric Format
The user can configure symbols used for separating decimals and the units for expressing
temperature (Celsius or Fahrenheit).
❑ Date/Time Format
The user can establish the day that begins the week, date and time format and choose whether
to display Time Zone information.
❑ Graph settings
Here the user can set how to display the graphics of the entire application. The user can choose:
•
•
•
Show axis
Show legend
Show values: display the values of the trend by clicking
❑ Application settings
Here the user can configure the duration for the display of notifications.
Changes made will take effect immediately.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 270 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
19.2 DATA RESTORE
This menu option allows the user to restore or archive data from previous years.
Illustration 248: Data Restore screen
It is divided into 2 parts:
On the left: To see and to select available years.
On the right: To display related configuration values.
Available years and its status are showed by the following color scheme:
Color
Description
Offline
Online
Restored Online
Restoring
Error
Table 23: Data Restore Color Schema
Actual year, and the last 5 (or the number shown by the “online years” setting) are always online (that’s
why they have the checkbox disabled). The rest of the years (if available) can be restored or archived freely.
A confirmation popup will appear for each operation.
During the restoring process the checkboxes are temporally disabled, and enabled before completion.
Restored data automatically goes offline after de days shown on the “restored period” setting.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 271 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
19.3 USER MANAGEMENT
This menu option gives the user the possibility to add, remove and modify users and password settings.
Illustration 249: User management screen
The screen is divided into 2 parts:
• Users
• Password Settings.
19.3.1
USERS
In this part, if you have permissions, you can add, remove, lock and modify users.
All the users are displayed in a table. For each user the following information is displayed:
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
User: Name of the user.
Promoter: Name of the promoter the user belongs to.
Profile: Profile selected for the user.
Expiration Date: Expiration date of the password.
Locked: This check shows if the user is locked or not.
The background color of the row indicates if the user is locked (red), or not (green) or removed (gray).
Locked users are deactivated and cannot access application.
On the top of the table there are the elements for filtering:
Illustration 250: Filtering users
❑
❑
❑
❑
Text field: to filter all users containing the text entered in the name
Promoter: to filter users by promoter
Profile: to filter users by profile
Locked: to filter by user locked status. Locked (✓), no locked () or both of them. * used
to remove any of the selected filters.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 272 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Below the table are the buttons to do the following actions:
Illustration 251: User management buttons
❑ Create user
Doing click in this button it shows a screen to create a new user.
Illustration 252: Create user screen
In this screen you can to intro the following fields:
❑
❑
❑
❑
Name: The name of the new user. This must be unique.
Profile: The profile of the new user.
Promoter: Promoter to which the user belongs to.
Password: Password of the user. You have to repeat it in the next field.
Doing click on OK button, the user will be created. If there is some error, it will be shown in
the bottom of the screen.
Doing click on CANCEL button, the window will be closed and the user won't be created.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 273 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Change promoter
Doing click in this button, it shows a screen to choose a new promoter.
Illustration 253: Change promoter screen
In this screen you can change the promoter to which the selected user belongs.
You can select a new promoter in the dropdown and doing click on OK button the promoter
will be changed.
Doing click on CANCEL button, the window will be closed and the promoter won't be changed.
❑ Change profile
Doing click in this button it shows a screen to choose a new profile for the selected user.
Illustration 254: Change profile screen
In this screen you can change the profile of the user.
You can select a new profile in the dropdown and doing click on OK button the profile will be
changed.
Doing click on CANCEL button, the window will be closed and the profile won't be changed.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 274 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
❑ Delete user
Doing click in this button you can delete the selected user.
Illustration 255: Confirm delete user screen
It will ask you to confirm the action before deleting the user.
If you delete a user, you cannot recover it.
❑ Reset password
Doing click in this button, it shows a screen to change the selected user password.
Illustration 256: Reset password screen
In this screen you can inform:
❑ Petitioner password: You must write your password.
❑ New password: New password of the selected user. You have to repeat it in the next
field, Repeat Password.
Doing click on OK button, the password will be changed.
If there is any error, it will be shown in the bottom of the screen.
Doing click on CANCEL button, the window will be closed and the password won't be changed.
❑ Lock user
Doing click on the check of a user
you can change the state of the user. If the
user is not lock, it will be locked and vice versa.
When the user is locked, the background color of the row is red and when is not locked red.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
19.3.2
PASSWORD SETTINGS
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 275 of 352
Illustration 257: Password settings
In this part you can change the following password settings:
❑ Number of days duration: to make user password expire after a certain number of days. If
you want to make user passwords never expire, you must intro 0 in this field.
❑ Number of days to notify the expiration: it indicates the number of days at which a password
change notification is presented when the user log on the application.
❑ Number of retries: number of retries before to lock the user.
❑ Secure password: it indicates whether you must enter a secure password. A secure password
must be at least six characters including one letter, one special character and one number.
When the user changes a data, it is recorded directly into the database.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 276 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
19.4 MESSENGER
This menu option gives the user the possibility to configure messenger application. You can add, remove
and modify shifts, subscriptions and sendings.
In this screen there are 2 tabs available: configuration and summary, and "Reload Messenger
Configuration" button.
Reload Configuration Button is available when you have unsaved changes without applying in the
messenger application. Doing click in this button changes were applied. It will ask you to confirm the
action before applying changes.
Illustration 258: Reload messenger configuration button
19.4.1
CONFIGURATION
In this tab you can define shifts, subscriptions and sendings.
Illustration 259: Messenger configuration screen
The screen is divided in two parts:
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
19.4.1.1
SUBSCRIPTIONS (ON THE LEFT)
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 277 of 352
In this part you can search, add, edit, clone and delete subscriptions.
For each subscription, the following is shown:
❑ Promoter: the name of the promoter which belongs subscription
❑ Name: the name of the subscription. This must be unique for each promoter.
❑ Active: this check shows if the subscription is active or not. Doing click in it the state of the
subscription changes from active to inactive and vice versa.
On the top of the table there are the elements for filtering:
❑ Text field: to filter all subscriptions containing the text entered in the name or the promoter
❑ Active: filtering of the subscription status. Active (A), inactive (I) or both of them. * used to remove
any of the selected filters.
Illustration 260: Filtering subscriptions
Below the table are the buttons to do the following actions:
•
New subscription
Doing click in this button it shows a screen to create a new subscription.
Illustration 261: Create new subscription screen
The screen is divided in two parts: Subscription Data (left) and sendings (right).
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 278 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
1. - Subscription Data
In this part you must enter the following fields:
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
Name: the name of the subscription. This must be unique for each promoter.
Promoter: the promoter of the new subscription.
Devices: devices to be added to the subscription. You have to add at least one device.
Subscription type: Event or Event Category.
Events: if subscription is event type, you have to add at least one event.
Event category: if subscription is event category type, you have to add event categories.
2. - Sendings
In this part you can add, edit, clone and delete sendings to current subscription.
Illustration 262: List of subscription's sendings
For each sending, the following is shown:
❑ Name: the name of the sending. This must be unique for each subscription's promoter.
❑ Active: this check shows if the sending is active or not. Doing click in it, the state of the sending
changes from active to inactive and vice versa.
Below the table are the buttons to do the following actions:
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
o
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 279 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
New sending
Doing click in this button it shows a screen to create a new sending.
Illustration 263: Create new sending screen
In this screen you must enter the following fields:
❑ Name: the name of the sending. This must be unique for each subscription's promoter.
❑ Channel: the channel of the new sending.
❑ Addressee: the addressee of the sending. If channel type is SMTP you have to enter a valid email
address. If channel type is GSM you have to enter a valid telephone number.
❑ Shift: select one of the list. You can create a new shift if it doesn´t exist.
❑ Language: select one of the list.
❑ Date format: select one of the list.
❑ Time format: select one from the list.
Doing click on NEW SHIFT button the shift screen will be shown and you can create a new shift. When
you finish, the new shift will appear in the list.
Doing click on SAVE button the sending will be created. If there is some error, it will be shown in the
bottom of the screen.
Doing click on CANCEL button the window will be closed and the sending won't be created.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 280 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
o
Edit sending
When a sending is selected in the table doing click in this button it shows a screen sending with
the filled fields.
You can only change the name, language, date format and time format.
Doing click on SAVE button the subscription will be edited. If there is some error, it will be shown
in the bottom of the screen.
Doing click on CANCEL button the window will be closed and the subscription won't be edited.
o
Clone sending
When a sending is selected in the table doing click in this button it shows a screen sending with
the filled fields but name.
You can change all the fields of the sending and you have to enter a new name.
Doing click on SAVE button a new sending will be created. If there is some error, it will be shown
in the bottom of the screen.
Doing click on CANCEL button the window will be closed and the sending won't be created.
o
Delete sending
When a sending is selected in the table doing click in this you can delete it.
It will ask you to confirm the action before deleting it.
If you delete a sending, you cannot recover it.
Sendings of the subscription will be sent when on a selected device occurs one of the selected events or an
event of the selected event categories.
Doing click on SAVE button the subscription will be created. If there is some error, it will be shown in the
bottom of the screen.
Doing click on CANCEL button the window will be closed and the subscription won't be created.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
o
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 281 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Edit subscription
When a subscription is selected in the table doing click in this button it shows a screen subscription with the
filled fields.
You can only change the name and the sendings of the subscription. You can delete, edit or add sendings.
Doing click on SAVE button the subscription will be edited. If there is some error, it will be shown in the
bottom of the screen.
Doing click on CANCEL button the window will be closed and the subscription won't be edited.
o
Clone subscription
When a subscription is selected in the table doing click in this button it shows a screen subscription with the
filled fields but name. You can use this action to duplicate with other name or copy a subscription.
You can change all the fields of the subscription and you have to enter a new name.
All sendings will be shown without a name. It will have to enter a new name for each or delete it.
Doing click on SAVE button a new subscription will be created. If there is some error, it will be shown in the
bottom of the screen.
Doing click on CANCEL button the window will be closed and the subscription won't be created.
o
Delete subscription
When a subscription is selected in the table doing click in this you can delete it.
It will ask you to confirm the action before deleting it.
If you delete a subscription, you cannot recover it.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
19.4.1.2
SHIFTS (ON THE RIGHT)
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 282 of 352
In this part you can search, add, edit, clone and delete shifts.
Illustration 264: Shift list screen
For each shift, the following is shown:
❑ Promoter: the name of the promoter which belongs shift.
❑ Name: the name of the shift. This must be unique for each promoter.
❑ Active: this check shows if the subscription is active or not. Doing click in it the state of the
subscription changes from active to inactive and vice versa.
On the top of the table there are the elements for filtering:
❑ Text field: to filter all shifts containing the text entered in the name or the promoter
❑ Active: filtering of the shift status. Active (A), inactive (I) or both of them. * used to remove any of the
selected filters.
Illustration 265: Filtering shifts
Below the table are the buttons to do the following actions:
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
o
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 283 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
New shift
Doing click in this button it shows a screen to create a new shift.
Illustration 266: Create new shift screen
In this screen you must enter the following fields:
❑ Name: the name of the shift. This must be unique for each promoter.
❑ Promoter: the promoter of the new shift.
❑ Shift: a time frame for at least one day a week. There is a control for each day of the
week. In this control can be entered the time frames:
▪
▪
▪
▪
You can create a time frame doing click on the control and drag the mouse.
You can move a time frame doing click on the middle of it and dragging the mouse.
You can change a time frame doing click on the ends of it and dragging the mouse.
You can delete a time frame doing double click on it.
Illustration 267: Shift example
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 284 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
In this example you can see a shift with three-time frames:
▪
▪
▪
Monday from 02:00 to 08:30
Wednesday from 08:00 to 12:00
Wednesday from 16:15 to 21:00
Doing click on SAVE button the shift will be created. If there is some error, it will be shown in the bottom of
the screen.
Doing click on CANCEL button the window will be closed and the shift won't be created.
o
Edit shift
When a shift is selected in the table doing click in this button it shows a screen shift with the filled fields.
You can only change the name of the shift.
Doing click on SAVE button the shift will be edited. If there is some error, it will be shown in the bottom of
the screen.
Doing click on CANCEL button the window will be closed and the shift won't be edited.
o
Clone shift
When a shift is selected in the table doing click in this button it shows a screen shift with the filled fields but
name. You can use this action to duplicate or copy a shift.
You can change the promoter and the time frames and you must enter a new name.
Doing click on SAVE button a new shift will be created. If there is some error, it will be shown in the bottom
of the screen.
Doing click on CANCEL button the window will be closed and the shift won't be created.
o
Delete shift
When a shift is selected in the table doing click in this you can delete a shift.
It will ask you to confirm the action before deleting the shift.
If you delete a shift, you cannot recover it.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
19.4.2
SUMMARY
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 285 of 352
In this tab, the state of the shifts, subscriptions, and sendings are shown as summary. In this way,
the user can easily view the status of the configuration of the subscriptions, shifts and sendings.
Illustration 268: Messenger Summary
By filtering user can see the status of the subscriptions, shifts and sendings.
Sendings, subscriptions and shifts status can be changed (enable/disable) in a simple manner by clicking on
the table checkboxes.
Also, user can reload Messenger configuration after any change is made.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
•
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 286 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Filtering
Illustration 269: Messenger Summary Filtering
On the head of the screen, user can make a filtering by the following concepts:
o
o
o
Device Types
Devices
Type. Event types (Alarms, Warnings and States).
Illustration 270: Type Filtering
o
o
Event Code. List of event codes.
Active. All, Active, Inactive.
Illustration 271: Active Filtering
o
Search. By typing text to find items.
Illustration 272: Search Filtering
•
Table
The result of the applied filter is shown in a table with the following columns:
o Subscription Name.
o Subscription Status. It indicates if the subscription is Active or Inactive.
o Sending Name.
o Sending Status. It indicates if the sending is Active or Inactive.
o Shift Name.
o Shift Status. It indicates if the shift is Active or Inactive.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 287 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Illustration 273: Subscriptions, Sendings and Shifts filtered.
User can easily enable or disable subscriptions, shifts and sendings by clicking on table checkboxes.
Status
Description
Inactive
Active
Table 24: Subscriptions. Shifts and Sendings status.
On the footer of the table, there is a paging component that help user to navigate between all filtering
items.
Illustration 274: Table Paging Component.
•
Reload Messenger configuration.
After any change is made, user must click on ‘Reload Messenger Configuration’ button in order to
apply the configuration made over the messenger agent.
Illustration 275: Reload Messenger Configuration Button.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 288 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
19.5 PRODUCTION LOSSES
This menu option gives the user the possibility to view and modify production losses algorithms and
define reference WindTurbines.
In this screen there are 2 tabs available: Algorithm activations and Reference WindTurbines.
19.5.1
ALGORITHM ACTIVATIONS
In this tab you can add, remove and modify shifts, subscription and sendings.
Illustration 276: Production losses - Algorithm activations screen
The screen is divided into 3 parts:
•
•
•
Summary
New algorithm activation
Algorithm legends
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
19.5.1.1
SUMMARY
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 289 of 352
In this part you can view a summary of production losses algorithm activations.
All the activations are displayed in a table. Each device is displayed in a row and different activation dates
are displayed in columns. The background color of each cell indicates the algorithm applied to that device
from that date.
Illustration 277: Production losses activations table
On the top of the table there are the elements for filtering:
❑
❑
❑
❑
Devices: to display activations of the selected devices.
Algorithms: to display activations of the selected algorithms.
From time: to display activations from a date.
To time: to display activations to a date.
Clicking on the button
the filter is applied.
Illustration 278: Filtering activations
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
19.5.1.2
NEW ALGORITHM ACTIVATION
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 290 of 352
In this part you can add a new algorithm activation for some devices from a date.
You have to select the algorithm, the date from which it will apply the algorithm and devices in which the
algorithm will be applied.
When all device selected have curve you'll be able to select an algorithm which require curve.
Clicking on the button activation will be save.
Illustration 279: Add new algorithm activation
19.5.1.3
ALGORITHM LEGENDS
In this part of the color used for each algorithm it is shown.
Illustration 280: Algorithm legends
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
19.5.2
REFERENCE WINDTURBINES
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 291 of 352
In this tab you can define reference WindTurbines of another WindTurbine.
Illustration 281: Production losses - Reference WindTurbines screen
The screen is divided into 2 parts. On the left you can see all the wind turbines in windfarm and when a
turbine is selected, on the right side, another table is shown with all the turbines and it is indicated
which are referenced with the selected one. You can change the referenced ones by clicking on the
checkbox that is in the reference column.
Reference
Description
No referenced
Referenced
Table 25: Reference status.
To save the changes you have to do click on the button
that is at the bottom of the screen.
You can filter the data from the tables using the filter at the top of the table. You can also sort the data
by clicking on the headers.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 292 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
19.6 INFORMATION MANAGER
This menu option gives the user the possibility to view and modify categories and events availability. This
option is not available for wind farms with only inverters.
In this screen there are 2 tabs available: Categories & Availability and Events & Availability.
19.6.1
CATEGORIES & AVAILABILITY
In this tab you can view and modify categories' availability.
Illustration 282: Information manager - Categories & Availability screen
The screen is divided into 2 parts:
•
•
19.6.1.1
Table with categories
Legends and availability formulas
Categories table
On the left you can see a table with all categories. For each category you can see:
•
•
•
Promoter
Category name
Criteria:
o B: Penalizes availability
o E: Subtract time period
o F: Not affect the calculation of availability
o X: Unassigned availability
Doing click on a row you will select that category. You can select multiple rows.
You can filter by:
•
•
•
Promoter
Category name
Criteria:
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 293 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
You can change availability criteria with the buttons
bottom of page.
at the
Doing click on "Apply availability criteria" you will change availability criteria of the all selected categories.
Doing click on "Apply criteria to filtering" you will change availability criteria of all filtered categories.
When you do click on one of these buttons a dialog window to select the new availability criteria will be
shown.
Illustration 283: Change availability criteria window
Doing click on "Save" button you will save the changes.
Doing click on "Cancel" button you will close the dialog window without change availability criteria.
19.6.1.2
Legends and formulas
On the right you can see legends and availability formulas.
Illustration 284: Availability categories legends and formulas
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
Code: GD274770-en
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
19.6.1.3
Events & availability
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 294 of 352
In this part you can view and change event's priority.
All the events are displayed in a table. Each event is displayed in a different row. Doing click on a row
you will select it. You can select multiple rows.
Illustration 285: Information manager - Events & Availability screen
For each event you can see:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Promoter
Device
Event code
Event name
Category
Priority: from 0 to 10
You can filter by:
•
•
•
•
•
Device
Type: you can choose: all, alarm, warning or state
Event
Category
Priority: you can select from 0 to 10 the ones you want. The higher the value, the higher the
priority.
To apply filter, you have to do click on the button
You can change priority with the buttons
.
at the bottom of page.
Doing click on "Assign priority" you will change category and priority of all selected events.
Doing click on "Apply priority to filtering" you will change category and priority of all filtered events.
In this version the events with priority 10 can be changed the category, but the priority cannot be
changed.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 295 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
When you do click on one of these buttons a dialog window to select the new availability criteria will be
shown.
Illustration 286: Change category and priority window
Doing click on "Save" button you will save the changes.
Doing click on "Cancel" button you will close the dialog window without change category and priority.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
20
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 296 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
TOOLS MENU OPTIONS
This menu option groups de forms related with some special features of administration of the SCADA.
20.1 UPS
The screen is divided into 2 parts: central panel and a side panel.
20.1.1 CENTRAL PANEL
There are 2 tabs: UPS and variables.
❑ UPS
Under this tab you can see information about UPS.
Illustration 287: UPS screen
On the left you can see load level and minimum level, represented as a line, to turn off in a graph.
On the right you can see 3 blocks of information:
•
Configuration
Illustration 288: UPS configuration block
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
•
Inputs
Illustration 289: UPS inputs block
•
Outputs
Illustration 290: UPS outputs block
❑ Variables
Under this tab all the signals sent by the UPS are displayed in a table.
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 297 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 298 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
For each variable the following information is displayed:
Device
Code
Description
Value: the most recent value for all the variables is shown. In case of communications failure, no
value is shown.
❑ Units: applicability only to analogic variables.
❑ Tag type: one of the types listed above.
❑
❑
❑
❑
At the top, the following dropdown for filtering variables are displayed:
❑
❑
❑
❑
Device and sub device list
Variable types: the options are: Digital, Alphanumeric, Analogic variable, X Minutal.
Unit: for different units.
A search field to quickly locate the fields/variables to be monitored. This field allow search on the
Description field of the variable.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 299 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
20.1.2 SIDE PANEL
The following information appears on the side panel of the UPS window:
❑ UPS General Information
As in other details of device on the top panel there is the following information:
• The device name.
• Under this name it can be seen the device type and the wind farm that owns the device
separated by “@”.
• Finally, the state of UPS is displayed. The state rectangle color and text depends on current
UPS state.
❑ Notifications data
It displays the last three events for the UPS.
Doing click on the title will take you to the full list of active events for that device.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 300 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
21 ODBC INTERFACE
21.1 WINDNET® PRO ODBC INTERFACE
WindNet® PRO has an ODBC interface for accessing data of maximum granularity in its operating database.
This interface will enable retrieval of this information from any ODBC client and tool that makes use of them.
21.2 DEFINING THE ODBC CONNECTION
The first step in defining an ODBC connection on the WindNet® PRO database is to have the SQL Server
client drivers installed on the client system:
SQL Server 2008:
SQL Native Client 10.0
SQL Server 2012:
SQL Native Client 11.0
These drivers can be downloaded from the Microsoft® website and installed on the client system.
The next step entails defining a data source through the ODBC Data Source Administrator [Data Source
(ODBC)] after opening the Administrative Tools section from the Control Panel in Microsoft ® Windows.
Steps for defining the data source:
• Open Control Panel
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
•
Open System and Security
•
Open Administrative Tools
•
Select Data Sources (ODBC)
•
Select DSN type: User, System or File. Then click on Add button
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 301 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 302 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
•
Select a driver: SQL Server or SQL Server Native Client 10.0. Then press Finish.
•
Fill the requested information, and then press Next button.
o Name: Name of data source.
o Description: Description of the data source.
o Server: Winnet SQL Server name or ip address.
•
The system will prompt for the login authentication type.
o Select SQL Server authentication.
o Enter the Login ID (user) : client
o Enter the password: windnet.
o Press next button.
•
Select the WindNet® PRO database as the default database and then press Next button.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
WindNet PRO User Manual
•
Push Finish button.
•
Check whether the data source has been correctly configured and press OK.
•
The new ODBC data source has been created
Rev: 12
Page 303 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 304 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 305 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
21.3 DEFINITION OF INTERFACE PROCEDURES
The interface comprises a set of stored procedures that must be invoked by the ODBC client. The result of
this invocation will be a set of information detailed below.
These procedures have been created to enable access to all the information stored for the various devices,
though in a controlled manner so that this access is less aggressive on the Windnet® PRO database, which is
where all the data from SCADA is stored.
In order to call some procedures a WindNet user is required.
Summary of stored procedures:
Stored Procedure
ODBC_USP_DEVICES (User, Password)
ODBC_USP_LANGUAGES
ODBC_USP_EVENTS_CATEGORY(IsoCode)
ODBC_USP_DEVICEVARIABLES (User,
Password, Device, IsoCode)
ODBC_USP_EVENTS (User, Password, Device,
Category, StartDate, EndDate)
ODBC_USP_XMINUTAL_RANGE (User,
Password, Code, StartDate, EndDate,
AllQualities)
ODBC_USP_COMMANDS (User, Password,
Device, StartDate, EndDate)
ODBC_USP_PRODUCTION (User, Password,
Device, StartDate, EndDate)
ODBC_USP_ANALOG_RANGE (User,
Password, Code, StartDate, EndDate,
AllQualities)
ODBC_USP_SLOWBUFFERPERIODS (User,
Password, Device, StartDate, EndDate)
Description
Procedure that retrieves all the Devices.
Procedure that retrieves all the available
Languages.
Retrieves all categories in the language
indicated by the iso code parameter.
Retrieves all device variables with their name in
the language indicated by the iso code
parameter.
Retrieves all active device events in the given
period and indicated category type.
Retrieves values for the xminutal variable in the
given period.
Retrieves all commands sent in the given
period.
Retrieves device daily production data in the
given period.
Retrieves values for the analog variable in the
given period.
Retrieves periods where the CM
(Communication Manager) has intervened in
the given period.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
WindNet PRO User Manual
21.4 DETAIL OF THE INTERFACE PROCEDURES
21.4.1 ODBC_USP_DEVICES (User, pass)
Description
Procedure that retrieves all the SCADA WindNet® PRO Devices.
Parameters
User : WindNet PRO user name.
Password : User password.
Return
One row per device, containing:
Device: ID Device
Name: Device name.
Type: Device type
Comments
None.
Example
EXEC ODBC_USP_DEVICES 'user', 'password';
Returns:
Device Name
Type
001
WTG01 G90
002
WTG02 G90
003
WTG03 G90
004
WTG04 G90
005
WTG05 G90
Rev: 12
Page 306 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 307 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
21.4.2 ODBC_USP_LANGUAGES
Description
Procedure that retrieves all the available languages so that they can be used in
the stored procedures requesting them as parameters.
Parameters
None
Return
One row per language, containing:
IsoCode: Standard codes for the available languages. The basic codes
will be: es-ES, zh-CN, en-US.
Description: Language name in ‘en-US’ iso code.
Comments
The returned IsoCode can be used in the rest of procedures to choose
language of requested data.
Example
EXEC ODBC_USP_LANGUAGES;
Returns:
IsoCode
en-US
es-ES
zh-CN
Description
English
Spanish
Chinese
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 308 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
21.4.3 ODBC_USP_EVENTS_CATEGORY (IsoCode)
Description
Procedure that retrieves all event categories with their name in the language
specified in the IsoCode parameter.
Parameters
IsoCode: Any of the values of parameter IsoCode retrieved using
ODBC_USP_LANGUAGES.
Return
One row per category type, sorted by description, containing:
Category: Event category Id.
Description: Name given to the event category in the language
specified in the IsoCode parameter.
Comments
None
Example
EXEC ODBC_USP_EVENTS_CATEGORY 'es-ES';
Returns:
Category Description
2
Alarms
1
States
3
Warnings
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 309 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
21.4.4 ODBC_USP_DEVICEVARIABLES (User, pass, Device, IsoCode)
Description
Procedure that retrieves all the variables for the indicated device. Names are
returned in the Iso Code language.
Parameters
User: Windnet PRO user name.
Password: User password.
Device: Code for the device whose variables are being queried.
IsoCode: Any of the values of parameter IsoCode retrieved using
ODBC_USP_LANGUAGES.
Return
One row per device variable, sorted by type and code, containing:
Code: WFAPTag variable code.
Description: Variable description in the requested language.
Type: Variable type. This could have the following values:
Event: Event type variable.
XMinutal: XMinutal variable.
Command: Command variable.
Analog: Analog variable.
Category: Variable type category. Possible values for the different
types:
Event: Warning, state or alarm.
Command: Command.
XMinutal: Arithmetic average, average without calculation,
minimum, maximum, arithmetic deviation, angular average,
cos phi average, pitch angle angular average, angular
deviation, cos phi deviation, deviation without calculation and
pitch angular deviation.
Comments
Example
EXEC ODBC_USP_DEVICEVARIABLES 'user', 'password', '001', 'en-US'
Returns:
Code
Description
Type
Category
1_1_64055 SMP Information: 5100 Event
Alarms
1_1_64056 SMP Information: 6501 Event
Alarms
1_1_64057 SMP Information: 6503 Event
Alarms
1_0_201000 10M Hidraulic group
XMinutal Arithmetic average10
1_0_201002 Total Production 10M
XMinutal
Average
without
calculation10
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 310 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
21.4.5 ODBC_USP_EVENTS (User, pass, Device, Category, StartDate, EndDate)
Description
Procedure that retrieves all active events from a device during the indicated
period and category. Returned data are ordered by start date.
Parameters
User: Windnet PRO user name.
Password: User password.
Device: Device Id.
Category: Event category to filter the results. If category is null then all
categories are returned. Values of parameter:
o States: 1.
o Alarms: 2.
o Warnings: 3.
StartDate: Start date for the query period. Its format will be ‘YYYY/MM/DD
HH:MM:SS.000’
EndDate: End date for the query period. Its format will be ‘YYYY/MM/DD
HH:MM:SS.000’
Return
One row for each event, sorted by start date, with the following fields:
Code: Event WFAPTag.
StartDate: Event start date / time.
EndDate: Event end date / time.
Comments
Event codes can be decoded from the variables info returned by procedure
ODBC_USP_DEVICEVARIABLES.
Example
EXEC ODBC_USP_EVENTS 'user', 'password', '001',null , '2013/01/01
00:00:00.000 +01:00', '2013/01/31 23:59:59.999 +01:00'
Results:
Code
StartDate
EndDate
1_0_17409_100
2012-05-27 17:37:31.000 +08:00
2012-05-27
22:20:17.000 +08:00
1_0_17409_75 2012-05-27 22:20:17.000 +08:00
2012-05-27
23:08:30.000 +08:00
1_0_17409_100
2012-05-27 23:08:30.000 +08:00
2012-05-28
09:32:23.000 +08:00
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 311 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
21.4.6 ODBC_USP_XMINUTAL_RANGE (User, pass, Code, StartDate, EndDate,
AllQualities)
Description
Procedure that retrieves values for the xminutal variable in the given period
and quality.
Parameters
User: Windnet PRO user name.
Password: User password.
Code: WFAPTag for the xminutal variable.
StartDate: Start date for the query period. Its format will be ‘YYYY/MM/DD
HH:MM:SS.000 +H:MM’ where ‘+H:MM’ is the offset relative to UTC.
EndDate: End date for the query period. Its format will be ‘YYYY/MM/DD
HH:MM:SS.000 +H:MM’ where ‘+H:MM’ is the offset relative to UTC.
AllQualities:
1- Indicates that all qualities data will be returned.
0- Indicates that only good quality data will be returned.
Return
One row for each xminutal sample in the period, order by date, with the
following fields:
Date: XMinutal sample date time with local offset.
Value: XMinutal value.
Quality: Sample value quality.
Comments
XMinutal codes can be decoded from the variables info returned by procedure
ODBC_USP_DEVICEVARIABLES.
Example
EXEC ODBC_USP_XMINUTAL_RANGE 'user', 'password', '2_0_41891', '2010-1205 15:10:33.019 +01:00', '2010-12-05 16:10:33.019 +01:00', 1
Returns:
Date
Value
Quality
2000-12-05 15:20:00.0000000 +01:00 662
192
2000-12-05 15:30:00.0000000 +01:00 663
24
2000-12-05 15:40:00.0000000 +01:00 664
192
2000-12-05 15:50:00.0000000 +01:00 665
24
2000-12-05 16:00:00.0000000 +01:00 666
192
2000-12-05 16:10:00.0000000 +01:00 667
24
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 312 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
21.4.7 ODBC_USP_COMMANDS (User, pass, Device, StartDate, EndDate)
Retrieves all commands sent in the given period order by code and date.
Description
Parameters
User: Windnet PRO user name.
Password: User password.
Device: Device Id.
StartDate: Start date for the query period. Its format will be ‘YYYY/MM/DD
HH:MM:SS.000 +H:MM’ where ‘+H:MM’ is the offset relative to UTC.
EndDate: End date for the query period. Its format will be ‘YYYY/MM/DD
HH:MM:SS.000 +H:MM’ where ‘+H:MM’ is the offset relative to UTC.
Return
One row for each command, sorted by code and date, with the following fields:
Code: Command WFAPTag.
Date: Date time when the command was sent.
AppName: Application name that sent the command.
UserName: User that sent the command.
Value: Value of the command sent.
Comments
Command codes can be decoded from the variables info returned by procedure
ODBC_USP_DEVICEVARIABLES.
Example
EXEC ODBC_USP_COMMANDS 'user', 'password', '001', '2013/01/01
00:00:00.000 +01:00', '2013/01/31 23:59:59.999 +01:00';
Results:
Code
Date
AppName
UserName
1_0_200029 2014-07-14 14:52:23.000 +08:00
WebAccess
Administrator 1
1_0_200030 2014-07-14 20:57:47.000 +08:00
WebAccess
Administrator 0
1_0_42425
2014-07-14 14:52:02.000 +08:00
WebAccess
Administrator 0
1_0_58368
2013-05-31 07:17:06.000 +08:00
DBImporter
0
1_0_58368
2013-07-03 19:08:57.000 +08:00
DBImporter
0
Value
lz
lz
21.4.8 ODBC_USP_PRODUCTION (User, pass, Device, StartDate, EndDate)
Description
Retrieves device daily production data in the given period.
Parameters
User: Windnet PRO user name.
Password: User password.
Device: Device Id.
StartDate: Start date for the query period. Its format will be ‘YYYY/MM/DD
HH:MM:SS.000 +H:MM’ where ‘+H:MM’ is the offset relative to UTC.
EndDate: End date for the query period. Its format will be ‘YYYY/MM/DD
HH:MM:SS.000 +H:MM’ where ‘+H:MM’ is the offset relative to UTC.
Return
One row for each daily production value with the following fields:
Date: Production date.
Production: Device daily production (in kWh).
Line: Line OK (in hours), the hours when the line works correctly.
Turbine: Turbine OK (in hours), the hours when the turbine works
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 313 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
correctly.
Environment: Environment OK (In hours), the hours when the
environment is correct.
Availability: Device availability percentage. <Turbine OK> x 100 /
<Environment OK>
EquivalentHours: Device equivalent hours. <Production> / <Rated
Power>
CapacityFactor: Device capacity factor (%).<Production> x 100 / <
Line OK > x <Rated Power>.
Quality: Quality of the showed data. The values could be:
• 0: BAD, Calculated with less data than expected
• 64: UNCERTAIN, Calculated with the current data ( the
period is not finished yet)
• 192: GOOD
Comments
None
Example
EXEC ODBC_USP_PRODUCTION 'user', 'password', '001', '2013/01/01
00:00:00.000 +01:00', '2013/01/31 23:59:59.999 +01:00'
Results:
Date
Production
Line
Turbine Environment
Availability
EquivalentHours CapacityFactor
2014-12-09
10209241
1877 1877 2097
89,50882
5104,621
271,9564
2014-12-11
86400 41
41
46
89,13044
43,2
105,3658
2014-12-12
43200 20
20
23
86,95652
21,6
108
2014-12-13
43200 21
21
23
91,30435
21,6
102,8571
2014-12-14
43200 20
20
22
90,9091
21,6
108
2014-12-15
43200 21
21
23
91,30435
21,6
102,8571
2014-12-16
43200 20
20
23
86,95652
21,6
108
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 314 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
21.4.9 ODBC_USP_ANALOG_RANGE (User, pass, Code, StartDate, EndDate,
AllQualities)
Description
Procedure that retrieves values for the analog variable in the given period. You
can specify what qualities will be returned.
Parameters
User : Windnet PRO user name.
Password: User password.
Code: WFAPTag for the analog variable.
StartDate: Start date for the query period. Its format will be ‘YYYY/MM/DD
HH:MM:SS.000 +H:MM’ where ‘+H:MM’ is the offset relative to UTC.
EndDate: End date for the query period. Its format will be ‘YYYY/MM/DD
HH:MM:SS.000 +H:MM’ where ‘+H:MM’ is the offset relative to UTC.
AllQualities:
1- Indicates that all qualities data will be returned.
0- Indicates that only good quality data will be returned.
Return
One row for each analog sample in the period, order by date, with the
following fields:
Date: Analog sample date time. Data are returned with server local
date.
Value: Analog variable value.
Quality: Sample value quality.
Comments
Analog codes can be decoded from the variables info returned by procedure
ODBC_USP_DEVICEVARIABLES.
Example
EXEC ODBC_USP_ANALOG_RANGE 'user', 'password', '1_0_29200', '2000-1231 23:40:50.000 +01:00', '2000-12-31 23:41:02.000 +01:00', 1
Returns:
Date
Value Quality
2000-12-31 23:40:50.0000000 +01:00 81650 192
2000-12-31 23:40:52.0000000 +01:00 81652 192
2000-12-31 23:40:54.0000000 +01:00 81654 192
2000-12-31 23:40:56.0000000 +01:00 81656 192
2000-12-31 23:40:58.0000000 +01:00 81658 192
2000-12-31 23:41:00.0000000 +01:00 81660 192
2000-12-31 23:41:02.0000000 +01:00 81662 192
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 315 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
21.4.10
ODBC_USP_SLOWBUFFERPERIODS (User, pass, Device, StartDate,
EndDate)
Description
Procedure that retrieves the intervention periods of the CM (Communication
Manager) in the given period.
Parameters
User : Windnet PRO user name.
Password: User password.
Device: Device Id.
StartDate: Start date for the query period. Its format will be ‘YYYY/MM/DD
HH:MM:SS.000 +H:MM’ where ‘+H:MM’ is the offset relative to UTC.
EndDate: End date for the query period. Its format will be ‘YYYY/MM/DD
HH:MM:SS.000 +H:MM’ where ‘+H:MM’ is the offset relative to UTC.
Return
One row for each period where CM has intervened period, order by StartDate,
with the following fields:
StartDate: Period start date / time.
EndDate: Period end date / time.
Comments
None
Example
EXEC ODBC_USP_SLOWBUFFERPERIODS 'user', 'password', '010', '2018-11-27
23:00:00.000 +01:00', '2018-11-28 00:00:00.000 +01:00'
Returns:
StartDate
EndDate
2018-11-27 23:11:27.1520000 +01:00 2018-11-27 23:28:49.1360000 +01:00
2018-11-27 23:28:54.6420000 +01:00 2018-11-27 23:46:16.6380000 +01:00
2018-11-27 23:46:22.1700000 +01:00 2018-11-28 00:03:44.1610000 +01:00
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 316 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
21.5 TECHNICAL DEFINITION OF THE PROCEDURES
21.5.1 ODBC_USP_DEVICES (User, Password)
Description
Procedure that retrieves all the SCADA WindNet® PRO Devices.
Parameters
Column_name Type
User
nvarchar
Password
Nvarchar
Data
Column_name
Device
Name
Type
Return
INTEGER
Example
EXEC ODBC_USP_DEVICES 'user','password';
Computed Length Prec Scale
no
50
no
Type
nvarchar
nvarchar
nvarchar
Computed Length Prec Scale
no
6
no
50
no
10
21.5.2 ODBC_USP_LANGUAGES
Description
Procedure that retrieves all the available Languages so that they can be used
in the stored procedures requesting them as parameters.
Parameters
None
Data
Column_name Type
IsoCode
nvarchar
Description
nvarchar
Return
INTEGER
Example
EXEC ODBC_USP_LANGUAGES;
Computed Length Prec Scale
no
10
no
100
21.5.3 ODBC_USP_EVENTS_CATEGORY (IsoCode)
Description
Procedure that retrieves all event categories with their name in the language
specified in the IsoCode parameter.
Parameters
Column_name Type
IsoCode
nvarchar
Computed Length Prec Scale
no
10
Data
Column_name Type
Category
nvarchar
Description
nvarchar
Computed Length Prec Scale
no
100
no
100
Return
INTEGER
Example
EXEC ODBC_USP_EVENTS_CATEGORY 'es-ES';
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 317 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
21.5.4 ODBC_USP_DEVICEVARIABLES (User, Password, Device, IsoCode)
Description
Procedure that retrieves all the variables for the indicated device. Names are
returned in the Iso Code language.
Parameters
Column_name
User
Password
Device
IsoCode
Type
nvarchar
Nvarchar
nvarchar
nvarchar
Data
Column_name
Code
Description
Type
Category
Type
nvarchar
nvarchar
nvarchar
nvarchar
Return
INTEGER
Example
EXEC ODBC_USP_DEVICEVARIABLES 'user', 'password', '001', 'es-ES'
Computed Length Prec Scale
no
50
no
no
6
no
10
Computed Length Prec Scale
no
15
no
100
no
50
no
100
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
Code: GD274770-en
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 318 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
21.5.5 ODBC_USP_EVENTS (User, Password, Device, Category, StartDate, EndDate)
Description
Procedure that retrieves all active events from a device during the indicated
period and category. Returned data are ordered by start date.
Parameters
Column_name
User
Password
Device
Category
Type
nvarchar
nvarchar
nvarchar
tynyint
Computed Length Prec
Scale
no
50
no
no
6
no
1
3
0
StartDate
EndDate
datetimeoffset
datetimeoffset
no
no
Data
Column_name
Code
StartDate
EndDate
Type
nvarchar
datetimeoffset
datetimeoffset
Computed Length Prec Scale
no
15
no
9
30
3
no
9
30
3
Return
INTEGER
Example
EXEC ODBC_USP_EVENTS 'user', 'password', '001', null, '2013/01/01
00:00:00.000 +01:00', '2013/01/31 23:59:59.999 +01:00';
9
9
30
30
3
3
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 319 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
21.5.6 ODBC_USP_XMINUTAL_RANGE (User, Password, Code, StartDate, EndDate,
AllQualities)
Description
Procedure that retrieves values for the xminutal variable in the given period.
Parameters
Column_name
User
Password
Code
StartDate
EndDate
AllQualities
Type
nvarchar
nvarchar
nvarchar
datetimeoffset
datetimeoffset
bit
Computed Length Prec Scale
no
50
no
no
15
no
9
30
3
no
9
30
3
no
Data
Column_name
Date
Value
Quality
Type
datetimeoffset
decimal
tinyint
Computed Length Prec Scale
no
9
30
3
no
9
10
3
no
1
3
0
Return
INTEGER
Example
EXEC ODBC_USP_XMINUTAL_RANGE 'user', 'password', '1_0_103', '2013/01/01
00:00:00.000 +01:00', '2013/01/31 23:59:59.999 +01:00', 1;
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
Code: GD274770-en
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Date: 13/09/2019
WindNet PRO User Manual
21.5.7 ODBC_USP_COMMANDS (User, Password, Device, StartDate, EndDate)
Description
Retrieves all commands sent in the given period.
Parameters
Column_name Type
Computed Length Prec Scale
User
nvarchar
no
Password
nvarchar
no
Device
StartDate
EndDate
nvarchar
datetimeoffset
datetimeoffset
no
no
no
Data
Column_name
Code
Date
AppName
UserName
Value
Type
nvarchar
datetimeoffset
nvarchar
nvarchar
decimal
Computed Length Prec Scale
no
15
no
9
30
3
no
50
no
50
no
9
10
4
Return
INTEGER
Example
EXEC ODBC_USP_COMMANDS 'user', 'password', '001', '2013/01/01
00:00:00.000 +01:00', '2013/01/31 23:59:59.999 +01:00';
50
6
9
9
30
30
3
3
Rev: 12
Page 320 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
Code: GD274770-en
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Date: 13/09/2019
WindNet PRO User Manual
21.5.8 ODBC_USP_PRODUCTION (User, Password, Device, StartDate, EndDate)
Description
Retrieves device daily production data in the given period.
Parameters
Column_name Type
Computed Length Prec Scale
User
nvarchar
no
Password
nvarchar
no
Device
StartDate
EndDate
nvarchar
datetimeoffset
datetimeoffset
no
no
no
50
6
9
9
30
30
Data
Column_name
Date
Production
Line
Turbine
Environment
Availability
EquivalentHours
CapacityFactor
Quality
Return
INTEGER
Example
EXEC ODBC_USP_PRODUCTION 'user', 'password', '001', '2013/01/01
00:00:00.000', '2013/01/31 23:59:59.999'
Type
datetime
int
int
int
int
real
real
real
tinyint
3
3
Computed Length Prec Scale
no
8
no
4 10
no
4 10
no
4 10
no
4 10
no
4 7
no
4 7
no
4 7
no
1 3
Rev: 12
Page 321 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 322 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
21.5.9 ODBC_USP_ANALOG_RANGE (User, Password, Code, StartDate, EndDate,
AllQualities)
Description
Procedure that retrieves values for the analog variable in the given period.
Parameters
Column_name
User
Password
Code
StartDate
EndDate
AllQualities
Type
nvarchar
nvarchar
nvarchar
datetimeoffset
datetimeoffset
bit
Computed Length Prec Scale
no
50
no
no
15
no
9
30
3
no
9
30
3
no
1
Data
Column_name
Date
Value
Quality
Type
datetimeoffset
decimal
tinyint
Computed Length Prec Scale
no
9
30
3
no
9
10
3
no
1
3
0
Return
INTEGER
Example
EXEC ODBC_USP_ANALOG_RANGE 'user', 'password', '1_0_103', '2013/01/01
00:00:00.000 +01:00', '2013/01/31 23:59:59.999 +01:00', 1;
21.5.10
ODBC_USP_SLOWBUFFERPERIODS (User, Password, Device, StartDate,
EndDate)
Description
Procedure that retrieves the intervention periods of the CM (Communication
Manager) in the given period.
Parameters
Column_name
User
Password
Device
StartDate
EndDate
Type
nvarchar
nvarchar
nvarchar
datetimeoffset
datetimeoffset
Computed Length Prec Scale
no
50
no
no
15
no
9
30
3
no
9
30
3
Data
Column_name Type
StartDate
datetimeoffset
EndDate
datetimeoffset
Computed Length Prec Scale
no
9
30
3
no
9
30
3
Return
INTEGER
Example
EXEC ODBC_USP_SLOWBUFFERPERIODS 'user', 'password', '010', '2013/01/01
00:00:00.000 +01:00', '2013/01/31 23:59:59.999 +01:00';
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 323 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
21.6 EXAMPLE OF USE: EXCEL
This section explains use of the ODBC data source with a Microsoft Excel spread sheet by way of simple
example.
Steps from an Excel spread sheet:
Go to "Data / Import External Data / New Database
Query".
Select the created ODBC.
It is essential that the checkbox for using the
Wizard is not checked.
MS Query will open, prompting to enter the Login
ID / Password for the data source.
None of the design graphic options will be used. No
tables will be added.
From the MS Query in Excel, select the option
"SQL".
Enter the call to the desired stored procedure.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 324 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
MS Query will display the results.
The query can be saved to be reopened in an Excel
spread sheet.
Close MS Query and select the cell for deploying the
data.
There will be a section with the operations that can
be applied to the data on the toolbar.
Various options for the defined query.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 325 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
22 OPC INTERFACE
22.1 OPC-DA INTERFACE
According to the OPC Server DA description provided by OPC Foundation, the main characteristics of this
software are the following:
• Asynchronous OPC DA Server 2.0 / 3.0.
•
Tested with the OPC Foundation Compliance Test Tool.
•
Tested with commercial OPC DA client solutions such as Advosol or Matrikon.
•
Tested with ten OPC DA clients simultaneously.
•
Each wind farm will publish a different OPC tag tree, depending on the device types configured.
•
Server Name: “Gamesa OPC DA Server”.
•
In order to obtain a reliable OPC DA link, configuration and communication tests with each new
client solution is highly recommended.
22.2 OPC-HDA INTERFACE
According to the OPC Server HDA description provided by OPC Foundation, the main characteristics of
this software are the following:
• OPC HDA v1.0 / 1.1 / 1.2 compliant.
•
Tested with the OPC Foundation Compliance Test Tool for full OPC HDA 1.0 / 1.1 / 1.2
compliance.
•
Tested with commercial OPC HDA client solutions such as Advosol or Kassl.
•
Tested with ten OPC HDA clients simultaneously.
•
Each wind farm will publish a different OPC tag tree, depending on the device types configured.
•
Server Name: “GAMESA OPC HDA Server”.
•
In order to obtain a reliable OPC HDA link, configuration and communication tests with each new
client solution is highly recommended.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
23
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
WindNet PRO User Manual
REFERENCES
CODE
GD180267
GD322958
GD180265
DESCRIPTION
Power Manager UA Regulation Functionalities
Power Manager UA Reactive Power Compensation Control Strategies
Gamesa Environmental Manager GD
Rev: 12
Page 326 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Date: 13/09/2019
WindNet PRO User Manual
Title:
24
Code: GD274770-en
ANNEXES
24.1 ANNEXE I: SCADA EVENTS
24.1.1
GENERAL
WFAP
Description
203838 Device not synchronized alarm
17409 "Device status" **
** The description will be variable, but it shows de device communication state.
24.1.2
WINDTURBINE
WFAP
Description
17500 Stop due to Active-Frequency Regulator
17502 Wake Control Stop
17503 Stop due to Shadow Control
17504 Stop by Noise Control
17505 Stop by OPC
17506 Stop by operator
17516 Limiting active power.
17525 Noise Control Enabled
17527 Stop by ice detection tool
17528 Limiting due to derating
17529 Limiting due to component temperature
17539 WTG Emerg. by OPC Command
17540 WTG Emerg. by SCADA Command
17542 WTG Emerg. by P-F tool
17543 WTG Reset by SCADA Command
17545 WTG Reset by OPC Command
17546 WTG paused by Reconnection block
17576 WTG paused by Bat Shield
17606 Paused by Bird Detection System
204924 Windturbine incorrect noise level
204925 Windturbine excluded from noise control
24.1.3
INVERTER
WFAP
Description
17500 Stop due to Active-Frequency Regulator
17505 Stop by OPC
17506 Stop by operator
Rev: 12
Page 327 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
WindNet PRO User Manual
Title:
17516 Limiting active power.
17543 Reset by SCADA Command
17545 Reset by OPC Command
24.1.4
ACTIVE POWER / FRECUENCY REGULATOR
WFAP
Description
42312 Regulator status
42313 Regulator Status - 2
42314 Regulator SW Error
42315 Regulator comm failure
50001 Communication Status SET OK
202535 Communication failure with P-Ref. (ERCOT)
203837 Warning: Setpoint not achieved
204741 Windfarm limited by A-F tool warning
204742 Active power regulation applied for A-F warning
204743 Frequency regulation applied for A-F warning
17643 Solar farm limited by A-F tool warning
24.1.5
REACTIVE POWER / VOLTAGE REGULATOR
WFAP
Description
42312 Regulator status
42313 Regulator Status - 2
42314 Regulator SW Error
42315 Regulator comm failure
203837 Warning: Setpoint not achieved
24.1.6
NRS
WFAP
Description
204926 Windfarm production under noise control
204927 Noise control disabled
204928 Error in noise control
24.1.7
MEASUREMENT DEVICE
WFAP
17642 Phase imbalance alarm
24.1.8
UPS
Description
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 328 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
WFAP
42320 SCADA Supply UPS
42322 Comm. fail SCADA-UPS
42365 SCADA Supply Powered
Description
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 329 of 352
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
Code: GD274770-en
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 330 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
24.2 ANNEXE II: SCADA PLATFORMS AND FEATURES
24.2.1
CURRENT PLATFORMS FEATURES
Features
O&M Wind Turbines
Met mast
O&M SET
O&M Solar Inverters
Basic Reports
IM & Advanced reports
Messenger
SMS
EMail
Power Manager
Fast Architecture solution
Additional compensation equipment (Cap Banks, Shunt
Reactors & STATCOM)
GEM
NRS
Shadow Control Tool
Wake Control Tool
Ice Detection System
Bird Detection System
Bat Control Tool
GUYS
Data storage
CM
Data backup
Disaster recovery solution
Redundant power supply
Redundant solution
OPC-DA
OPC-HAD
ODBC
Basic
✓
✓
✓

✓

Light
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
Advanced
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓


✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓




2 years

✓



✓


✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
5+20 years
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
5+20 years
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 331 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
24.3 ANNEXE III: REGULATION ANALYSIS
24.3.1
REGULATION ANALYSIS
In user interface there is a summary of whole windfarm power regulations (Active-Frequency and ReactiveVoltage): Brief summary of the state of the meter, regulator, and their inputs and operating modes.
24.3.1.1
24.3.1.1.1
Active - Frequency
Relevant information
Active-Frequency regulator gives some online information about the regulation behavior and the most
important items are these:
-
24.3.1.1.2
Measured active power
Measured frequency
Regulation set point
Regulation set point after applying ramps (effective set point)
Available power calculated by regulator
Average % of regulation sent to WTG’s
Type of ramp applying:
• Without ramp = 0
• Up active ramp = 1
• Down active ramp = 2
• Up frequency ramp = 3
• Down frequency ramp = 4
• Wind ramp = 5
Using WindNet® PRO to analyze
In order to analyze the tool behavior, WindNet ®PRO provides some features.
24.3.1.1.2.1 Tool status overview
Selecting Active Power box in regulation summary screen gives online information about the regulator,
measurements, Set points, operating mode and a small preconfigured trending:
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 332 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
** For more detailed information, please check “REGULATION MENU OPTIONS” → Regulator Detail
Active power - Frequency / Regulator configuration Active power sections
24.3.1.1.2.2 Trending
Regulator Detail Active power - Frequency must be used as source to get trending screen by clicking in the
button:
Once this option is selected, trending screen is opened and it shows 4 preconfigured trends:
-
Active power read by the regulator
Active power regulator regulation limit
Frequency read by the regulator
Current Base Frequency (UK&USA)
To fulfill relevant information data, some additional trends must be included:
- Calculated Set point to be followed by the Active P. regulator (kW)
- Calculated producible power (kW)
- % of active power regulation (%)
- Ramp limit applied (kW)
- Applying Ramp
To have all this information loaded, in trending screen must be selected a preconfigured Trending favorite
called “Trending Active Power / Frequency Regulation” as follows:
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 333 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
There are more trends selectable in Trending section to have more information about regulator, and this is
the detailed description of them also indicating the type, predefined ones, additional ones or others
(P=Predefined, A=Additional, PF=Predefined favorite trend, O=Others, NA=Does not apply):
Trend Name
Detailed Description
Type
Active power read by the regulator (kW)
Active power read from metering device or SET
P, PF
Active power regulator regulation limit (kW)
Regulator applied set point (output set point)
P, PF
Current Base Frequency (UK&USA) (Hz)
Base frequency configured in Freq. regulator
P, PF
Frequency read by the regulator (Hz)
Frequency from metering device or SET
P, PF
% of active power regulation (%)
Average % of regulation sent to WTG’s
Windfarm producible power calculated by
regulator
A, PF
Regulator input set point
Type of ramp applying:
Without ramp = 0
Up active ramp = 1
Down active ramp = 2
Up frequency ramp = 3
Down frequency ramp = 4
Wind ramp = 5
Regulation setpoint after applying ramps
(effective setpoint)
A, PF
Regulator safety limit
O
External set point value (ej: TSO)
O
Set point value set from OPC
O
Set point value set from Web User Interface
For F low P functionality: Input hysteresis of P set
to the regulator
For F low P functionality: Hysteresis of P applied
by regulator
For F low P functionality: Input P limit set to the
regulator
For F low P functionality: P limit applied by
regulator
O
Calculated producible power (kW)
Calculated set point to be followed by the Active
P. regulator (kW)
Applying Ramp
Ramp limit applied (kW)
Active power regulator safety limit (kW)
Calculated set point to be followed by the Active
P. regulator (Ext.) (kW)
Calculated set point to be followed by the Active
P. regulator (OPC) (kW)
Calculated set point to be followed by the Active
P. regulator (UI) (kW)
F Low P - Hysteresis of P (%)
F Low P - Hysteresis of P (Fdbk.) (%)
F Low P - P Limit (kW)
F Low P - P Limit (Fdbk.) (kW)
A, PF
A, PF
A, PF
O
O
O
O
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 334 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
F Low P - Time fulfilling conditions for mode
switching (sec)
F Low P - Time fulfilling conditions for mode
switching (Fdbk.) (sec)
Feedback of the objective percentage of solar
production in the regulator (%)
Feedback of the selection of the target
percentage of solar production (%)
Instantaneous percentage of solar production
(%)
Instantaneous wind speed in wind farm (m/s)
Reactive power read by the regulator (kVAr)
For F low P functionality: Time in conditions set
to the regulator
For F low P functionality: Time in conditions
applied by regulator
O
O
Only for hybrid or solar farms
NA
Only for hybrid or solar farms
NA
Only for hybrid or solar farms
Calculated wind speed as average of the wind
speed of the WTG’s included in the regulator
NA
O
Regulation warnings word
Reactive power read from metering device or SET O
Internal warning word:
0: Regulator ok
1: Working in degraded mode
O
Solar active power read by the regulator (kW)
Only for hybrid or solar farms
NA
Voltage read by the regulator (kV)
Voltage read from metering device or SET
O
Wind active power read by the regulator (kW)
Only for hybrid or solar farms
NA
If additional favorite group of trends is needed, it can be saved as a user define favorite, to recover them
whenever the user wants.
1234-
Select trends
Put a name for new favorite
Save it
Select a period of time for trends
After the graphic is displayed, data can be exported to a csv file in order to use data in another format to use
it in excel files or something similar.
** For more detailed information about trending, please check these sections:
- “ANALYSIS MENU OPTION” → “Trending”
- “GLOBAL FUNCTIONALITIES” → “Favorites”
24.3.1.1.2.3 Events (Active/History)
Events menu in user interface gives online and historical feedback about something wrong in regulator
performance or WTG’s limitations/pauses due to this regulator.
These events that can be filtered in events screens (Active or history) are:
- For each WTG user codes 17500 and 17516.
- For AF regulator user codes 203837, 204741, 204742, 204743, 42312, 42313, 42314, 42315
The meaning of each event is:
- 17500: Stop due to Active-Frequency Regulator
- 17516: Limiting active power
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
-
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 335 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
203837: Warning: Set point not achieved
204741: Windfarm limited by A-F tool warning (one or more WTG’s limited or paused by A-F)
204742: Active power regulation applied for A-F warning
204743: Frequency regulation applied for A-F warning
42312: Active power regulator status (ON)
42313: Frequency regulator status (ON)
42314: Regulator SW Error
42315: Regulator comm. failure with measurement device
24.3.1.1.2.4 Reports
Reporting is the way to have an overview of the things that had happened in the windfarm related to Active
regulator in 3 ways:
-
AWS reports: In the same way as explained in Events (Active/History) menu, using the same filters
for WTG’s and A-F regulator, it can be obtained detailed information.
-
Commands log:
• Selecting desired WTG’s + Start and pause commands + A-F Regulator application → the
result is a report with all the Start and Pause commands that the regulator has sent.
• Selecting desired WTG’s and regulation unit ACxx (AC01, AC02…, one for each regulation
unit if there is more than one) and commands, for example:
▪ Request to Disable/Enable regulation
▪ Request for Inclusion/Exclusion of a turbine in Active Power regulationLimit for active
power reg. from OPC
▪ Effective local active power set-point
▪ Enable/Disable Frequency regulation
▪ Select Frequency table
▪ Disable/enable Increase Ramp
▪ Disable/enable Decrease Ramp
…
It could know when the regulator has been enabled or disabled and WTG’s included and
excluded within the regulator.
-
Tools → Active Power – Frequency Regulation: This report, is not a report based on
instantaneous data, it uses 10min data to calculate the number of machines limited or stopped, and
based on events (the events describe before to be analyzed in AWS reports or Events screen) to
indicate the degree of compliance with the Set points, and if production losses are activated,
calculate how much energy has been lost in limitation periods.
-
** For more detailed information about reporting, please check “ANALYSIS MENU OPTION” → “Reports”
section.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
WindNet PRO User Manual
24.3.1.2
REACTIVE – VOLTAGE
24.3.1.2.1
Relevant information
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 336 of 352
Reactive-Voltage regulator gives some online information about the regulation behavior and the most
important items are these:
24.3.1.2.2
Measured active power
Measured reactive power
Measured voltage
Measured cos phi
Regulation set point
Regulation mode (and numeric enumerator for modes: cosphi, Q, QV…)
Regulation set point applied
Average of regulation sent to WTG’s (Cosphi or Q, depending on the type of command sent to the
WTG’s)
Sum of the reactive contribution of the different Capacitor Banks
Sum of the reactive contribution of the different Shunt Reactors
Sum of the reactive contribution of the different STATCOM’s
Using WindNet® PRO to analyze
In order to analyze the tool behavior, WindNet ®PRO provides some features.
24.3.1.2.2.1 Tool status overview
Selecting reactive power box in regulation summary screen gives online information about the regulator,
measurements, set points, operating mode and a small preconfigured trending:
** For more detailed information, please check “REGULATION MENU OPTIONS” → Regulator Detail
Reactive power / Regulator configuration Reactive power sections
24.3.1.2.2.2 Trending
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 337 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Regulator Detail Reactive power must be used as source to get trending screen by clicking in selected button:
In this regulator there are three different blocks of predefined trend depending on the type of regulation (Cos
phi, Q or Voltage):
-
Cos phi:
-
Q:
-
Voltage:
Once one of these hyperlinks is selected, trending screen is opened and it shows 4 or 5 preconfigured trends:
- Active power read by the regulator (kW)
- Reactive power read by the regulator (kVAr)Voltage read by the regulator (kV)CosPhi read by the
regulator at SET or at a measurement equipment (only in Cosphi and Voltage selections)
- Regulation set point applied by regulator (it shows one of these variables depending on the
selection):
• Cos PHI target set point of the reactive power regulator
• Reactive power regulation limit by Q (kVAr)
• Voltage Set point applied (kV)
To fulfill relevant information data, some additional trends must be included:
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
-
-
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 338 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Regulation Set point input to the regulator (depending on the selection):
• Cos Phi set point from Remote control
• Reactive Power Set Point from Remote Control (kVAr)
• VR Target voltage set-point (real) (kV)
Cos φ sent to WTGs
Q requested to WTGs (kVAr)
Q produced by CBs (kVAr)
Q produced by SRs (kVAr)
Q produced by Statcoms (kVAr)
Type of set point configured
Reactive submode status
To have all this information loaded, in trending screen must be selected one of the three preconfigured
Trending favorites depending on the regulation mode to analyze:
- For CosPhi analysis this option must be selected: “Trending Reactive Power / Voltage Regulation (Cos
Phi)”
- For Q analysis this option must be selected: “Trending Reactive Power / Voltage Regulation (Q)”
- For V analysis this option must be selected: “Trending Reactive Power / Voltage Regulation (Voltage)”
There are more trends selectable in Trending section to have more information about regulator, and this is
the detailed description of them also indicating the type, predefined ones, additional ones or others
(P=Predefined, A=Additional, PFCP=Predefined favorite trend for Cosphi analysis, PFQ=Predefined favorite
trend for Q analysis, PFV=Predefined favorite trend for V analysis, O=Others):
Trend Name
Active power read by the regulator (kW)
Reactive power read by the regulator (kVAr)
Voltage read by the regulator (kV)
Cos PHI target set point of the reactive power
regulator
CosPhi read by the regulator at SET or at a
measurement equipment
Detailed Description
Type
Active power read from metering device or
P,PFCP,PFQ,PFV
SET
Reactive power read from metering device
P,PFCP,PFQ,PFV
or SET
Voltage read from metering device or SET P,PFCP,PFQ,PFV
Regulator applied Cosphi set point (output
P,PFCP
set point)
P,PFCP
Reactive power regulation limit by Q (kVAr)
Cosphi read from metering device or SET
Regulator applied Q set point (output set
point)
Voltage Set point applied (kV)
Regulator applied V set point (output set
P,PFV
P,PFQ
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 339 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
point)
Cos Phi set point from Remote control
Cos φ sent to WTGs
Q produced by CBs (kVAr)
Q produced by SRs (kVAr)
Regulator Cosphi input set point
Average CosPhi regulation value sent to
WTG’s (it will be 0 if the regulator is
sending Q commands to WTG’s)
Sum of the reactive contribution of the
different Capacitor Banks
Sum of the reactive contribution of the
different Shunt Reactors
Sum of the reactive contribution of the
different STATCOMs
A,PFCP
A,PFCP
A,PFCP,PFQ,PFV
A,PFCP,PFQ,PFV
Q produced by Statcoms (kVAr)
Reactive Power Set Point from Remote Control
(kVAr)
Regulator Q input set point
A,PFCP,PFQ,PFV
VR Target voltage set-point (real) (kV)
A,PFV
Regulator V input set point
Type of Set point configured:
0=Cosphi
1=Q
2= Cosphi-P
3 = Cosphi Medio
4 = Q(P)
5 Voltage
6 = QV Static
Type of set point configured
7 = Q Standby
Average Q regulation value sent to WTG’s
(it will be 0 if the regulator is sending
Q requested to WTGs (kVAr)
CosPhi commands to WTG’s)
Reactive submode status:
0 = Reactive working without
submode
1 = V emergency
2 = Q LowP
Reactive submode status
3 = S Limit
Internal warning word:
0: Regulator ok
Regulation warnings word
1: Working in degraded mode
Apparent power read from metering
Apparent power regulation limit (kVA)
device or SET
For Q low P functionality: Input hysteresis
Q Low P - Hysteresis of P (%)
of P set to the regulator
For Q low P functionality: Hysteresis of P
Q Low P - Hysteresis of P (Fdbk.) (%)
applied by regulator
For Q low P functionality: Input P limit set
Q Low P - P Limit (kW)
to the regulator
For Q low P functionality: P limit applied
Q Low P - P Limit (Fdbk.) (kW)
by regulator
For Q low P functionality: Input Q set
Q Low P - Q Set point (kVAr)
point set to the regulator
For Q low P functionality: Q set point
Q Low P - Q Set point (Fdbk.) (kVAr)
applied by regulator
Q Low P - Time fulfilling conditions for mode
For Q low P functionality: Time in
switching (sec)
conditions set to the regulator
Q Low P - Time fulfilling conditions for mode
For Q low P functionality: Time in
switching (Fdbk.) (sec)
conditions applied by regulator
Reactive power regulation limit due to
Reactive power regulation limit by CosPhi(P)
CosPhi(P) mode
Reactive power regulation limit due to
Reactive power regulation limit by Q(P) (kVAr) Q(P) mode
A,PFQ
A,PFCP,PFQ,PFV
A,PFCP,PFQ,PFV
A,PFCP,PFQ,PFV
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 340 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
If additional favorite group of trends is needed, it can be saved as a user define favorite, to recover them
whenever the user wants.
1234-
Select trends
Put a name for new favorite
Save it
Select a period of time for trends
After the graphic is displayed, data can be exported to a csv file in order to use data in another format to use
it in excel files or something similar.
** For more detailed information about trending, please check these sections:
- “ANALYSIS MENU OPTION” → “Trending”
- “GLOBAL FUNCTIONALITIES” → “Favorites”
24.3.1.2.2.3 Events (Active/History)
Events menu in user interface gives online and historical feedback about something wrong in regulator
performance.
These events that can be filtered in events screens (Active or history) are:
- For RV regulator user codes 203837, 42312, 42313, 42314, 42315
The meaning of each event is:
- 203837: Warning: Set point not achieved
- 42312: Reactive power regulator status (ON)
- 42313: Voltage regulator status (ON)
- 42314: Regulator SW Error
- 42315: Regulator comm failure with measurement device
24.3.1.2.2.4 Reports
Reporting is the way to have an overview of the things that had happened in the windfarm related to
reactive regulator in 3 ways:
-
AWS reports: In the same way as explained in Events (Active/History) menu, using the same filters
for R-V regulator, it can be obtained detailed information.
-
Commands log:
• Selecting desired WTG’s and regulation unit RExx (RE01, RE02…, one for each regulation
unit if there is more than one) and commands, for example:
▪ Request to Disable/Enable regulationVoltage Regulator Enabling
▪ Voltage Regulator Disabling
▪ Request for turbine Inclusion/Exclusion in Reactive Power regulation
▪ Set point changes (Q, V, Cos phi), for example:
• Cos Phi set point of reactive power regulator by OPC
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 341 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
▪
▪
• Q set point of reactive power regulator from WebClient
• …
Operating mode changes, for example:
• Change the set-points Type cos phi
• Change the set-points Type KVAr
• …
…
It could know when the regulator has been enabled or disabled and WTG’s included and
excluded within the regulator.
-
Productions → Reactive Power Performance: This report will show the reactive power
performance of WTG’s and reactive power performance in the regulation unit (related to
measurement point).
** For more detailed information about reporting, please check “ANALYSIS MENU OPTION” → “Reports”
section.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 342 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
24.3.1.3
NRS
24.3.1.3.1
Relevant information
NRS module in SGRE environmental tool gives some online information about the regulation behavior and the
most important items for each WTG included in NRS tool are these:
-
24.3.1.3.2
WTG instantaneous Wind speed
WTG average wind speed with the calculation period configured
WTG instantaneous nacelle position.
WTG nacelle position corrected
WTG noise level
WTG low winds noise level
Using WindNet® PRO to analyze
In order to analyze the tool behavior WindNet ®PRO provides some features.
24.3.1.3.2.1 Tool status overview
Summary of NRS status: Brief summary of the state of the devices and the tool.
Entering inside the module, and selecting Configuration button located in the information side panel NRS
configuration can be checked (for each turbine and each period):
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 343 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
** For more detailed information, please check “ENVIRONMENTAL MENU OPTION” section.
24.3.1.3.2.2 Trending
Trending is the way to access instant data for analysis. For this tool, it exists an access to a predefined group
of trends. For each windturbine involved in NRS, it can be load this predefined favourite set of trends.
To have all this information loaded, in trending screen must be selected a preconfigured Trending favorite
called “Trending Windturbine (NRS)” as follows:
The data represented in this set of variables are the most representative trends for analysis, depending on
the language of the user. These are the literals:
• Grid active power (kW)
• Nacel. position degrees (º)
• Noise Level
• Noise wind speed average (m/s)
• Selected low wind noise level (Normal, A, B, C)
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 344 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
•
•
•
Turbine Status
WTG nacelle position corrected (º)
Wind speed (m/s)
Apart from the data that come from the windturbine, there are some calculated data that can be selected in
Trending section, and this is the detailed description of them:
Trend Name
Detailed Description
WTG average wind speed with the
calculation period configured in Bat Shield
WTG average wind speed with the
calculation period configured in NRS
Variable to store reasons for pause in
Windturbine. Each bit means a different
reason (NRS, A-F, OPC, UI, etc…)
Needed for NRS
No
Wake wind speed average (m/s)
Previous day energy
Windturbine calculated status for internal
calculations:
-1: Comm. failure
1: Stop
2: Pause
3: Ready
4: Run
5: Manual
10: Emergency
Number of total hours WTG has been in
pause state because of Shadows
WTG average wind speed with the
calculation period configured in Wake
Wind direction corrected (º)
PLC wind direction corrected in GEM
No
Bat Shield wind speed average (m/s)
Noise wind speed average (m/s)
Pause Word
Previous day energy in turbine (kWh)
Status to calculate minimum status
Total hours Pause by Shadow tool (h)
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
After the graphic is displayed, data can be exported to a csv file in order to use data in another format to use
it in excel files or something like that.
** For more detailed information about trending, please check these sections:
- “ANALYSIS MENU OPTION” → “Trending”
- “GLOBAL FUNCTIONALITIES” → “Favorites”
24.3.1.3.2.3 Events (Active/History)
Events menu in the user interface gives online and historical feedback about something wrong in NRS tool
performance or discrepancies between the configuration of NRS and the real state of WTG’s.
These events that can be filtered in events screens (Active or history) are:
- For each WTG user codes 204924, 204925, 17504, 17525.
- For NRS tool user codes 204926, 204927 and 204928
The meaning of each event is:
- 204924: Windturbine incorrect noise level (info from NRS tool)
- 204925: Windturbine excluded from noise (info from NRS tool)
- 17504: Stop by noise control
- 17525: Noise control enabled (and having limited the WTG)
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
-
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 345 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
204926: Windfarm production under noise control (one or more WTG’s limited or paused by noise)
204927: Noise control disabled
204928: Error in noise control
24.3.1.3.2.4 Reports
Reporting is the way to have an overview of the things that had happened in the windfarm related to NRS
tool in 2 ways:
-
AWS reports: In the same way as explained in Events (Active/History) menu, using the same user
filters for WTG’s and Noise tool, it can be obtained detailed information.
Commands log:
• Selecting desired WTG’s + Start and pause commands + the Noise reduction system
application → the result is a report with all the Start and Pause commands that the tool has
sent.
** Noise level changes are not sent by the GEM through the SCADA, but directly to the WTG,
which means that they cannot be logged in reports.
•
-
Selecting desired WTG’s and regulation unit NO01 and commands:
Request to Disable/Enable regulationInclude request tag NRSExclude request tag NRS
It could know when the regulator has been enabled or disabled and WTG’s included and
excluded within the regulator.
Tools → Noise control: This report, is not a report based on instantaneous data, it uses 10min
data to calculate the number of machines limited or stopped, and based on events (the events
describe before to be analyzed in AWS reports or Events screen)) to know when there are incorrect
noise levels to give an overview of the general operation of the tool in the windfarm. And if
production losses are activated, calculate how much energy has been lost in limitation periods.
** For more detailed information about reporting, please check “ANALYSIS MENU OPTION” → “Reports”
section.
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
25
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 346 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
INDEX OF TABLES
Table 1: Last Events States Button. .................................................................................................................. 13
Table 2: Wind turbine status ............................................................................................................................ 33
Table 3: Color code for active alarms or warnings ........................................................................................... 50
Table 4: Color code for alarms and warnings history ....................................................................................... 54
Table 5: Color code for alarms, warnings and status changes history ............................................................. 55
Table 6: Environmental Regulator States. ...................................................................................................... 138
Table 7: Inclusion/Exclusion control. .............................................................................................................. 144
Table 8: Inclusion/Exclusion icons .................................................................................................................. 145
Table 9: Wind Turbine states in Map tab ........................................................................................................ 146
Table 10: Wind Turbine states in Map tab ...................................................................................................... 147
Table 11: Noise Information Side Panel ......................................................................................................... 151
Table 12: BAT Information Side Panel ............................................................................................................ 154
Table 13: Wake Information Side Panel ......................................................................................................... 160
Table 14: Ice Information Side Panel ............................................................................................................. 163
Table 15: Shadow Information Side Panel ...................................................................................................... 172
Table 16: Noise Regulator Enable/Disable Control ......................................................................................... 174
Table 17: Bat Regulator Enable/Disable Control ............................................................................................. 178
Table 18: Wake Regulator Enable/Disable Control ......................................................................................... 182
Table 19: Wake Regulator Enable/Disable Control ......................................................................................... 185
Table 20: Ice Regulator Enable/Disable Control ............................................................................................. 187
Table 21: Bird Regulator Enable/Disable Control ............................................................................................ 189
Table 22: Shadow Control Enable/Disable Control ......................................................................................... 195
Table 23: Data Restore Color Schema........................................................................................................... 270
Table 24: Subscriptions. Shifts and Sendings status. .................................................................................... 287
Table 25: Reference status. ........................................................................................................................... 291
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
26
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 347 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
INDEX OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Illustration 1: Citect is offline error. .................................................................................................................... 9
Illustration 2: WindNet® Pro Header. .............................................................................................................. 10
Illustration 3: Dashboard panel ........................................................................................................................ 12
Illustration 4: Wind farm/Sub wind farm filter. ................................................................................................. 12
Illustration 5: Event box. .................................................................................................................................. 13
Illustration 6: Expanded notification Box. ......................................................................................................... 13
Illustration 7: Last Events Panel with active alarms or warnings. .................................................................... 14
Illustration 8: General Notification Box. ............................................................................................................ 14
Illustration 9: Pop Up Notification. .................................................................................................................... 15
Illustration 10: Expanded notification box. ....................................................................................................... 15
Illustration 11: WindNet®Pro Footer. ............................................................................................................... 16
Illustration 12: User logout pop up. .................................................................................................................. 18
Illustration 13: Favorites box. ........................................................................................................................... 19
Illustration 14: Add new favorite. ..................................................................................................................... 19
Illustration 15: Modify a favorite....................................................................................................................... 20
Illustration 16: Trending favorite list. ............................................................................................................... 21
Illustration 17: Example dropdown. .................................................................................................................. 22
Illustration 18: Dashboard Screen .................................................................................................................... 23
Illustration 19: Dashboard Summary of States ................................................................................................. 23
Illustration 20: Dashboard - Summary production (Hybrid technology) ........................................................... 26
Illustration 21: Dashboard - Summary production (Wind or solar system) ...................................................... 27
Illustration 22: Dashboard - Evolution Graph ................................................................................................... 27
Illustration 23: Example of Regulator with V/Q static Regulation Mode ........................................................... 28
Illustration 24: Example of Graph with CosPhi SetPoint ................................................................................... 28
Illustration 25: Dashboard - State Changes Graph ........................................................................................... 29
Illustration 26: Dashboard - Issues Graph ........................................................................................................ 29
Illustration 27: Wind farm summary ................................................................................................................. 30
Illustration 28: Filtering for wind farm summary .............................................................................................. 30
Illustration 29: Summary device cell ................................................................................................................. 32
Illustration 30: Drag selection panel. ................................................................................................................ 34
Illustration 31: Drag selection panel. ................................................................................................................ 34
Illustration 32: Wind farm list ........................................................................................................................... 35
Illustration 33: Drag selection panel. ................................................................................................................ 37
Illustration 34: Drag selection panel. ................................................................................................................ 37
Illustration 35: Wind farm map. Map view ....................................................................................................... 38
Illustration 36: Wind turbine device representation in map ............................................................................. 38
Illustration 37: Wind turbine device representation in map zooming in ........................................................... 39
Illustration 38: Photovoltaic polygon associated with the inverter ................................................................... 39
Illustration 39: Wind farm mini map ................................................................................................................. 39
Illustration 40: SNMP layout ............................................................................................................................. 40
Illustration 41: Variables tab in SNMP layout ................................................................................................... 41
Illustration 42: Gensets ..................................................................................................................................... 42
Illustration 43: Different possible side information panels (I) .......................................................................... 43
Illustration 44: Different possible side information panels (II) ......................................................................... 44
Illustration 45: Commands drop-down list is disabled ...................................................................................... 45
Illustration 46: Device lock message ................................................................................................................ 46
Illustration 47: Time between commands sending ........................................................................................... 46
Illustration 48: Confirm dialog for command sending ...................................................................................... 46
Illustration 49: Device commands section with general lock ............................................................................ 47
Illustration 50: Device commands section with device lock.............................................................................. 47
Illustration 51: Information panel of genset menu option................................................................................ 49
Illustration 52: Active alarms and warnings...................................................................................................... 51
Illustration 53: Full list of comments. ............................................................................................................... 51
Illustration 54: Acknowledgement for all filtered events .................................................................................. 52
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 348 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Illustration 55: Comments for all filtered events .............................................................................................. 52
Illustration 56: Acknowledge selected event .................................................................................................... 53
Illustration 57: Notifications history .................................................................................................................. 54
Illustration 58: Full list of comments ................................................................................................................ 55
Illustration 59: Informative message ................................................................................................................ 56
Illustration 60: Informative message ................................................................................................................ 56
Illustration 61: Messenger history .................................................................................................................... 57
Illustration 62: Records Limitation .................................................................................................................... 57
Illustration 63: Sendings with error and correct ............................................................................................... 58
Illustration 64: Sending Message ...................................................................................................................... 58
Illustration 65: Categorization filter .................................................................................................................. 59
Illustration 66: Categorization filter with category and events dropdown ........................................................ 59
Illustration 67: Filtered states ........................................................................................................................... 59
Illustration 68: State detail ............................................................................................................................... 61
Illustration 69: Categorization detail ................................................................................................................. 62
Illustration 70: Wind Turbine Detail Screen ...................................................................................................... 67
Illustration 71: Overview tab of wind turbine detail screen ............................................................................... 68
Illustration 72: Electrical system tab of wind turbine detail screen ................................................................... 69
Illustration 73: Temperatures tab of wind turbine detail screen ........................................................................ 70
Illustration 74: Temperatures tab of wind turbine detail screen ........................................................................ 71
Illustration 75: Inputs/Outputs tab of MADE wind turbine detail screen ........................................................... 72
Illustration 76: Variables tab of wind turbine detail screen ............................................................................... 73
Illustration 77: Bottom panel of wind turbine detail screen ............................................................................... 74
Illustration 78: Side panel of wind turbine detail screen ................................................................................... 75
Illustration 79: Inverter detail window ............................................................................................................... 77
Illustration 80: Overview tab of inverter detail screen ....................................................................................... 78
Illustration 81: Bottom panel of inverter detail screen ...................................................................................... 79
Illustration 82: Side panel of meteorological mast detail screen ...................................................................... 81
Illustration 83: Substation detail window ........................................................................................................... 83
Illustration 84: Substation layout with selected position ................................................................................... 84
Illustration 85: Variables tab for substation detail ............................................................................................. 85
Illustration 86: Detail of position ........................................................................................................................ 87
Illustration 87: Metering device screen ............................................................................................................. 88
Illustration 88: TSO detail window .................................................................................................................... 90
Illustration 89: Variables tab for TSO detail ...................................................................................................... 91
Illustration 90: Variables tab for genset detail .................................................................................................. 92
Illustration 91: Regulation Summary ................................................................................................................ 95
Illustration 92: Graphical view in wind technology installation ......................................................................... 96
Illustration 93: Graphical view in solar technology installation ......................................................................... 96
Illustration 94: Graphical view in hybrid technology installation ...................................................................... 96
Illustration 95: Graphical view in installation with two metering devices ......................................................... 97
Illustration 96: ION Metering Device ................................................................................................................ 97
Illustration 97: ION Metering Device with alarm .............................................................................................. 98
Illustration 98: Set Point ................................................................................................................................... 98
Illustration 99: Regulator with alarm ................................................................................................................ 99
Illustration 100: Wind Turbine .......................................................................................................................... 99
Illustration 101: Inverters ................................................................................................................................. 99
Illustration 102: Regulator detail window ....................................................................................................... 100
Illustration 103: Set Point and Regulator Inputs ............................................................................................ 100
Illustration 104: Set Point, Technology and Regulator inputs ........................................................................ 101
Illustration 105: Regulator detail window ....................................................................................................... 101
Illustration 106: Information Panel ................................................................................................................. 102
Illustration 107: Minimizable/Maximizable Panel ............................................................................................ 103
Illustration 108: Time Range Selector ............................................................................................................ 104
Illustration 109: Time instant selection........................................................................................................... 104
Illustration 110: Hide variables. ...................................................................................................................... 105
Illustration 111: Configuration Active Power .................................................................................................. 106
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 349 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Illustration 112: Enabled controls ................................................................................................................... 106
Illustration 113: Disabled controls .................................................................................................................. 106
Illustration 114: Changed from "Off" to "On" ................................................................................................. 106
Illustration 115: Frequency curve configuration. ............................................................................................ 108
Illustration 116: WiSH configuration. .............................................................................................................. 108
Illustration 117: Regulation inclusion/exclusion window ................................................................................ 109
Illustration 118: Reactive power regulator detail window. ............................................................................. 111
Illustration 119: Set Point. .............................................................................................................................. 111
Illustration 120: Regulator Inputs. .................................................................................................................. 111
Illustration 121: Regulation Mode. .................................................................................................................. 112
Illustration 122: Information Panel. ................................................................................................................ 114
Illustration 123: Minimizable/Maximizable Panel. ........................................................................................... 116
Illustration 124: Reactive power regulation configuration window ................................................................ 118
Illustration 125: Enabled controls ................................................................................................................... 118
Illustration 126: Disabled controls .................................................................................................................. 118
Illustration 127: Changed from "On" to "Off" ................................................................................................. 119
Illustration 128: CBs Configuration window – regulation strategy ................................................................. 121
Illustration 129: CBs Configuration window – Battery Data ........................................................................... 124
Illustration 130: SRs Configuration window – regulation strategy ................................................................. 125
Illustration 131: SRs Configuration window – Shunts Data ............................................................................ 127
Illustration 132: SRs Configuration window – regulation strategy ................................................................. 128
Illustration 133: Reactive Configuration window – Statcoms Data ................................................................. 128
Illustration 134: VSRs Configuration window – regulation strategy ............................................................... 130
Illustration 135: Regulation inclusion/exclusion window ................................................................................ 131
Illustration 136: Capacitor Banks detail window ............................................................................................. 133
Illustration 137: Shunt Reactors detail window .............................................................................................. 134
Illustration 138: Statcoms detail window ........................................................................................................ 135
Illustration 139: Statcom selected information list. ........................................................................................ 136
Illustration 140: Variable Shunt Reactor detail window .................................................................................. 137
Illustration 141: Environmental Summary. ..................................................................................................... 142
Illustration 142: Environmental Detail ............................................................................................................ 148
Illustration 143: Selected Row ........................................................................................................................ 149
Illustration 144: Map tab ................................................................................................................................ 150
Illustration 145: Information Side Panel ......................................................................................................... 153
Illustration 146: Noise detail Window ............................................................................................................. 154
Illustration 147: Map in noise detail window .................................................................................................. 155
Illustration 148: Bat Shield detail Window ...................................................................................................... 157
Illustration 149: Map in Bat Shield detail Window .......................................................................................... 158
Illustration 150: Wake control detail Window ................................................................................................. 160
Illustration 151: Advanced wake control detail Window ................................................................................. 161
Illustration 152: Turbulence wake control detail Window .............................................................................. 162
Illustration 153: Map in Wake control detail Window ..................................................................................... 163
Illustration 154: Ice Detection detail Window ................................................................................................ 166
Illustration 155: Ice Icon on Wind Turbines ................................................................................................... 167
Illustration 156: Bird Detection Detail Window ............................................................................................... 169
Illustration 157: Map in Bird Detection Detail Window ................................................................................... 170
Illustration 158: Guys Layout .......................................................................................................................... 173
Illustration 159: Guys Header ......................................................................................................................... 173
Illustration 160: Guys Wind Turbine List ........................................................................................................ 175
Illustration 161: Shadow Control Detail Window ............................................................................................ 176
Illustration 162: Map in Shadow Control Detail Window ................................................................................ 177
Illustration 163: Return back button ............................................................................................................... 178
Illustration 164: Noise Reduction System Configuration Window................................................................... 178
Illustration 165: Noise Reduction System General Configuration ................................................................... 179
Illustration 166: Regulator Enable/Disable Confirmation Window .................................................................. 179
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 350 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Illustration 167: Regulation Details Configuration Tabs ................................................................................. 180
Illustration 168: Noise level configuration table. ............................................................................................ 180
Illustration 169: Edited Selector. .................................................................................................................... 181
Illustration 170: Noise side panel. .................................................................................................................. 182
Illustration 171: Bat Shield Configuration Window. ........................................................................................ 183
Illustration 172: Bat Shield General Configuration ......................................................................................... 183
Illustration 173: Regulator Enable/Disable Confirmation Window .................................................................. 184
Illustration 174: WTG Tab .............................................................................................................................. 184
Illustration 175: Bat actions configuration table. ............................................................................................ 185
Illustration 176: BAT configuration Tab. ......................................................................................................... 185
Illustration 177: BAT side panel. ..................................................................................................................... 186
Illustration 178: Wake Control Configuration Window. .................................................................................. 187
Illustration 179: Wake Control General Configuration. ................................................................................... 187
Illustration 180: Regulator Enable/Disable Confirmation Window .................................................................. 188
Illustration 181: Wakes configuration table. ................................................................................................... 188
Illustration 182: Wake side panel. .................................................................................................................. 189
Illustration 183: Advanced Wake Control Configuration Window. .................................................................. 189
Illustration 184: Advanced Wake side panel. .................................................................................................. 189
Illustration 185: Turbulence Wake Control General Configuration. ................................................................ 190
Illustration 186: Regulator Enable/Disable Confirmation Window .................................................................. 190
Illustration 187: Turbulence wakes configuration table. ................................................................................ 191
Illustration 188: Wake side panel. .................................................................................................................. 191
Illustration 189: Ice Detection System Configuration Window. ...................................................................... 192
Illustration 190: Ice Detection System General Configuration. ...................................................................... 192
Illustration 191: Regulator Enable/Disable Confirmation Window .................................................................. 193
Illustration 192: Ice Tab ................................................................................................................................. 193
Illustration 193: Ice side panel. ...................................................................................................................... 193
Illustration 194: Bird Detection System Configuration Window. ..................................................................... 194
Illustration 195: Bird Detection General Configuration. .................................................................................. 194
Illustration 196: Regulator Enable/Disable Confirmation Window .................................................................. 195
Illustration 197: Birds detector groups ........................................................................................................... 195
Illustration 198: Bird side panel. ..................................................................................................................... 195
Illustration 199: GUYS Configuration Window ................................................................................................ 196
Illustration 200: Apply Changes Confirmation Window .................................................................................. 197
Illustration 201: Shadow Control Configuration Window. ............................................................................... 200
Illustration 202: Shadow Control General Configuration. ............................................................................... 200
Illustration 203: Regulator Enable/Disable Confirmation Window .................................................................. 201
Illustration 204: Reports. General view ........................................................................................................... 202
Illustration 205: Category and report Selection .............................................................................................. 202
Illustration 206: Output selection .................................................................................................................... 203
Illustration 207: General Production ............................................................................................................... 204
Illustration 208: Production comparative ........................................................................................................ 208
Illustration 209: Grouped by months ............................................................................................................... 208
Illustration 210: Active power performance .................................................................................................... 211
Illustration 211: Select Air density option ........................................................................................................ 211
Illustration 212: Active power performance .................................................................................................... 219
Illustration 213: Reactive power performance ................................................................................................ 223
Illustration 214: Production by technology ...................................................................................................... 228
Illustration 215: Full AWS ............................................................................................................................... 230
Illustration 216: Ranking of alarms & warnings .............................................................................................. 233
Illustration 217: Accumulated states ............................................................................................................... 236
Illustration 218: X-Minutal full ......................................................................................................................... 239
Illustration 219: General availability ................................................................................................................ 240
Illustration 220: Energy availability ................................................................................................................. 243
Illustration 221: Time availability ..................................................................................................................... 244
Illustration 222: Commands log ...................................................................................................................... 246
Illustration 223: Turbulence Analysis .............................................................................................................. 248
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 351 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Illustration 224: Turbulence graphic options ................................................................................................... 248
Illustration 225: Active Power – Frequency Regulation .................................................................................. 253
Illustration 226: Show wind turbines details. .................................................................................................. 253
Illustration 227: Performance graph. .............................................................................................................. 254
Illustration 228: Regulator commands table. .................................................................................................. 254
Illustration 229: Loss By Wind Turbine Detail Table. ...................................................................................... 255
Illustration 230: Occurrences, Durations and Losses graphs. ........................................................................ 256
Illustration 231: Production Loss Trend Graph: Regulator. ............................................................................ 256
Illustration 232: Production Loss Trend Graph: Wind Turbines...................................................................... 256
Illustration 233: Limit/Stop by Wind Turbine Event Table and Its Production Losses. ................................... 256
Illustration 234: Noise Control ........................................................................................................................ 259
Illustration 235: Show wind turbines details. .................................................................................................. 259
Illustration 236: Trending screen .................................................................................................................... 266
Illustration 237: Graph extended trending ...................................................................................................... 267
Illustration 238: Graph with a hidden variable ................................................................................................ 268
Illustration 239: Trend export CSV screen...................................................................................................... 269
Illustration 240: Trend export Image screen ................................................................................................... 269
Illustration 241: User trending graphic options screen ................................................................................... 270
Illustration 242: WT Comparative ................................................................................................................... 271
Illustration 243: Select tag to compare ........................................................................................................... 271
Illustration 244: Color picker ........................................................................................................................... 272
Illustration 245: Graph .................................................................................................................................... 272
Illustration 246: Settings Screen. .................................................................................................................... 273
Illustration 247: Password settings. ................................................................................................................ 273
Illustration 248: Data Restore screen ............................................................................................................. 275
Illustration 249: User management screen ..................................................................................................... 276
Illustration 250: Filtering users ........................................................................................................................ 276
Illustration 251: User management buttons .................................................................................................... 277
Illustration 252: Create user screen ................................................................................................................ 277
Illustration 253: Change promoter screen ...................................................................................................... 278
Illustration 254: Change profile screen ........................................................................................................... 278
Illustration 255: Confirm delete user screen ................................................................................................... 279
Illustration 256: Reset password screen ......................................................................................................... 279
Illustration 257: Password settings ................................................................................................................. 280
Illustration 258: Reload messenger configuration button ............................................................................... 281
Illustration 259: Messenger configuration screen ........................................................................................... 281
Illustration 260: Filtering subscriptions ........................................................................................................... 282
Illustration 261: Create new subscription screen ............................................................................................ 282
Illustration 262: List of subscription's sendings .............................................................................................. 283
Illustration 263: Create new sending screen .................................................................................................. 284
Illustration 264: Shift list screen ...................................................................................................................... 287
Illustration 265: Filtering shifts ........................................................................................................................ 287
Illustration 266: Create new shift screen ........................................................................................................ 288
Illustration 267: Shift example ........................................................................................................................ 288
Illustration 268: Messenger Summary ............................................................................................................ 290
Illustration 269: Messenger Summary Filtering .............................................................................................. 291
Illustration 270: Type Filtering ........................................................................................................................ 291
Illustration 271: Active Filtering ....................................................................................................................... 291
Illustration 272: Search Filtering ..................................................................................................................... 291
Illustration 273: Subscriptions, Sendings and Shifts filtered........................................................................... 292
Illustration 274: Table Paging Component. .................................................................................................... 292
Illustration 275: Reload Messenger Configuration Button. ............................................................................. 292
Illustration 276: Production losses - Algorithm activations screen ................................................................. 293
Illustration 277: Production losses activations table ....................................................................................... 294
Illustration 278: Filtering activations ............................................................................................................... 294
Illustration 279: Add new algorithm activation ................................................................................................ 295
Illustration 280: Algorithm legends ................................................................................................................. 295
Illustration 281: Production losses - Reference WindTurbines screen ........................................................... 296
Illustration 282: Information manager - Categories & Availability screen ....................................................... 297
Confidentiality: 3 / CLIENT INFORMATION
OPERATION MANUAL
Title:
Code: GD274770-en
Date: 13/09/2019
Rev: 12
Page 352 of 352
WindNet PRO User Manual
Illustration 283: Change availability criteria window ....................................................................................... 298
Illustration 284: Availability categories legends and formulas ........................................................................ 298
Illustration 285: Information manager - Events & Availability screen ............................................................. 299
Illustration 286: Change category and priority window ................................................................................... 300
Illustration 287: UPS screen ........................................................................................................................... 296
Illustration 288: UPS configuration block ........................................................................................................ 296
Illustration 289: UPS inputs block ................................................................................................................... 297
Illustration 290: UPS outputs block ................................................................................................................. 297